all | frequencies |
|
|
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manual | photos | labels |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 |
|
User manual | Users Manual | 5.28 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Internal Photos | Internal Photos | 2.60 MiB | / September 02 2013 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
External Photos | External Photos | 2.34 MiB | / September 02 2013 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Label | ID Label/Location Info | 756.29 KiB | August 13 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Label Location | ID Label/Location Info | 46.01 KiB | August 13 2012 | |||
1 2 3 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
1 2 3 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 |
|
Attestation - General Declaration | Attestation Statements | 32.13 KiB | August 13 2012 | |||
1 2 3 | Block Diagram | Block Diagram | August 13 2012 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Confidentiality Request | Cover Letter(s) | 37.83 KiB | August 13 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Cover Letter - Agent Authorization | Cover Letter(s) | 25.85 KiB | August 13 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Operational Description | Operational Description | 39.98 KiB | August 13 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
RF Exposure Info | RF Exposure Info | 50.59 KiB | August 13 2012 | |||
1 2 3 | Schematics | Schematics | August 13 2012 | confidential | ||||
1 2 3 | Cover Letter(s) | October 22 2012 / August 13 2012 | ||||||
1 2 3 |
|
Short term confidentiality rev2 | Cover Letter(s) | 27.71 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 |
|
Test Report - 15C | Test Report | 1.42 MiB | August 13 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Test Report - 15E | Test Report | 485.69 KiB | August 13 2012 | |||
1 2 3 |
|
Test Setup Photos | Test Setup Photos | 137.05 KiB | / September 02 2013 |
1 2 3 | User manual | Users Manual | 5.28 MiB |
CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 User Manual 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 USA December 2012 202-11016-02 v1.0 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Support Thank you for choosing NETGEAR. After installing your device, locate the serial number on the label of your product and use it to register your product at https://my.netgear.com. You must register your product before you can use NETGEAR telephone support. NETGEAR recommends registering your product through the NETGEAR web site. For product updates and web support, visit http://support.netgear.com. Phone (US & Canada only): 1-888-NETGEAR. Phone (Other Countries): Check the list of phone numbers at http://support.netgear.com/general/contact/default.aspx. NETGEAR recommends that you use only the official NETGEAR support resources. Trademarks NETGEAR, the NETGEAR logo, and Connect with Innovation are trademarks and/or registered trademarks of NETGEAR, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries. Information is subject to change without notice. All rights reserved. 2 Contents Chapter 1 Hardware Setup Unpack CENTRIA. 8 Position CENTRIA . 8 Hardware Features. 9 Front and Side Panel . 9 Back Panel . 11 Label. 11 Install CENTRIA . 12 Install an Optional Internal Hard Disk Drive (HDD) . 15 HDD Format . 17 Remove a Hard Disk Drive. 17 Requirements for Optional USB Devices . 19 Chapter 2 Getting Started with NETGEAR genie Router Setup Preparation. 21 Use Standard TCP/IP Properties for DHCP . 21 Gather ISP Information. 21 Wireless Devices and Security Settings . 21 Types of Logins and Access. 21 Use NETGEAR genie after Installation. 22 Upgrade the Firmware . 22 Dashboard (Basic Home Screen). 23 Join Your Wireless Network . 24 Manual Method. 24 Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Method . 24 NETGEAR genie App and Mobile genie App . 25 Chapter 3 NETGEAR genie Basic Settings Basic Home Screen . 27 Internet Setup. 27 Internet Setup Screen Fields . 28 Attached Devices . 29 Parental Controls . 30 ReadySHARE Storage . 32 Basic Wireless Settings . 33 Wireless Settings Screen Fields. 34 Change WPA Security Option and Password . 35 Guest Networks . 36 Guest Network Wireless Security Options . 37 3 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Chapter 4 NETGEAR genie Advanced Home NETGEAR genie Advanced Home Screen . 39 Setup Wizard . 39 WPS Wizard . 40 Setup Menu . 41 WAN Setup. 42 Default DMZ Server . 43 Change the MTU Size . 44 LAN Setup . 45 LAN Setup Screen Settings . 46 Use the Router as a DHCP Server. 47 Address Reservation . 48 Quality of Service (QoS) Setup . 48 Chapter 5 Storage ReadySHARE Access . 53 User Setup . 53 File-Sharing Scenarios . 54 Storage Basic Settings . 56 Add or Edit a Network Folder . 57 Storage Advanced Settings . 58 Safely Remove a USB or Internal Hard Drive . 59 Media Server . 60 Specify Approved USB Devices . 60 Connect to the USB Drive from a Remote Computer. 61 Access the Routers USB Drive Remotely Using FTP . 61 ReadySHARE Cloud . 62 Back Up Your Computers. 63 ReadySHARE Vault Windows Backup. 63 Time Machine HDD Backup . 65 Time Machine USB Drive Backup . 66 Back Up an SD Card onto the Internal HDD . 70 Replace the Internal Hard Disk Drive . 71 Format the HDD . 73 Chapter 6 ReadySHARE Printer ReadySHARE Printer . 76 USB Control Center Utility . 80 Control Center Configuration . 81 USB Printer. 81 Scan with a Multifunction Printer . 82 Chapter 7 Security Keyword Blocking of HTTP Traffic . 84 Block Services (Port Filtering) . 85 4 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Schedule Blocking . 87 Security Event Email Notifications . 88 Chapter 8 Administration Upgrade the Firmware . 90 View Router Status. 91 Router Information . 91 Internet Port (WAN) Setup . 92 Wireless Settings (2.4 GHz and 5 GHz) . 94 View Logs of Web Access or Attempted Web Access . 95 Manage the Configuration File . 96 Back Up Settings . 96 Restore Configuration Settings. 96 Erase . 97 Set Password . 97 Password Recovery . 97 Chapter 9 Advanced Settings Advanced Wireless Settings. 100 Restrict Wireless Access by MAC Address . 101 Wireless AP . 102 Wireless Repeating Function (WDS) . 103 Set Up the Base Station . 105 Set Up a Repeater Unit. 106 Port Forwarding and Triggering . 107 Remote Computer Access Basics . 107 Port Triggering to Open Incoming Ports . 108 Port Forwarding to Permit External Host Communications . 110 How Port Forwarding Differs from Port Triggering . 111 Set Up Port Forwarding to Local Servers . 111 Add a Custom Service . 112 Edit or Delete a Port Forwarding Entry. 113 Set Up Port Triggering . 113 Dynamic DNS . 115 Static Routes . 116 Remote Management . 118 USB Settings . 119 Universal Plug and Play . 119 IPv6 . 120 Auto Detect Fields . 121 Auto Config. 122 6to4 Tunnel. 123 Pass Through . 123 Fixed. 124 DHCP . 125 PPPoE . 126 Traffic Meter . 126 5 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting Quick Tips . 129 Sequence to Restart Your Network . 129 Check Ethernet Cable Connections . 129 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) . 129 Wireless Settings . 129 Network Settings . 130 Troubleshooting with the LEDs . 130 Power LED Is Off or Blinking . 130 Power LED Stays Amber . 130 HDD LED Is Red or Red and Green. 131 LEDs Never Turn Off . 131 Internet LED Is Off . 131 Wireless LED Is Off . 131 Cannot Log In to CENTRIA . 132 Cannot Access the Internet . 132 Troubleshoot PPPoE . 134 Troubleshooting Internet Browsing. 134 Changes Not Saved . 135 Wireless Connectivity . 135 Wireless Signal Strength . 135 Restore the Factory Settings and Password . 136 Troubleshoot Your Network Using the Ping Utility . 136 Test the LAN Path to CENTRIA . 136 Test the Path from Your Computer to a Remote Device . 137 Appendix A Supplemental Information Factory Settings . 139 Technical Specifications. 140 Appendix B Notification of Compliance 6 1. Hardware Setup Getting to know your CENTRIA 1 NETGEAR CENTRIA is an all-in-one device with three essential functions. Back up automatically. All your computersWindows PCs and Macscan back up incrementally on the CENTRIA internal hard drive or on an external USB storage drive. Share easily. Store your files and media on your CENTRIA and access or stream them from any Internet-enabled device. Connect quickly. Enjoy high-performance connectivity throughout your home with your 900 Mbps, dual-band WiFi router. CENTRIA comes in two models: WNDR4720, which comes with a 2 TB hard drive, and WNDR4700, for which you provide your own hard drive. You can upgrade the hard disk drive at any time. Both models have two SuperSpeed USB 3.0 ports for adding even more storage, should you need it. An SD card reader affords simple, single-click backup of media to the internal hard drive. This chapter contains the following sections:
Unpack CENTRIA Position CENTRIA Hardware Features Install an Optional Internal Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Remove a Hard Disk Drive Requirements for Optional USB Devices For information about ReadySHARE features in your product, see Chapter 5, Storage, and visit www.netgear.com/readyshare. For more information about the topics covered in this manual, visit the support website at http://support.netgear.com. 7 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Unpack CENTRIA Open the box and remove the router, cables, and installation guide. Note: If you purchased model WNDR4720, your hard disk drive was shipped external to CENTRIA to protect it from any accidental damage. Always remove the hard drive from the internal slot when shipping CENTRIA. CENTRIA Hard disk drive
(HDD) included only with model WNDR4720 Tray for 0.75-inch HDD only Ethernet cable Power adapter Figure 1. Check the package contents Your box contains the following items:
CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 HDD (model WNDR4720 only) Tray to allow installation of an optional 0.75-inch HDD AC power adapter and power cord (plug varies by region) Category 5 (Cat 5) Ethernet cable Installation guide with cabling and router setup instructions If any parts are incorrect, missing, or damaged, contact your NETGEAR dealer. Keep the carton and original packing materials, in case you need to return the product for repair. Position CENTRIA The router lets you access your network from virtually anywhere within the operating range of your wireless network. However, the operating distance or range of your wireless connection can vary significantly depending on the physical placement of your router. For example, the thickness and number of walls the wireless signal passes through can limit the range. For best results, place your router:
Hardware Setup 8 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Near the center of the area where your computers and other devices operate and preferably within line of sight to your wireless devices. So it is accessible to an AC power outlet and near Ethernet cables for wired computers. In an elevated location such as a high shelf, keeping the number of walls and ceilings between the router and your other devices to a minimum. Away from electrical devices that are potential sources of interference. Equipment that might cause interference includes ceiling fans, home security systems, microwaves, computers, the base of a cordless phone, or 2.4 GHz cordless phone. Away from any large metal surfaces, such as a solid metal door or aluminum studs. Large expanses of other materials such as glass, insulated walls, fish tanks, mirrors, brick, and concrete can also affect your wireless signal. When there is more than one wireless network in the area and they use the same channel, that can create interference in some instances. If this happens, you can use a different radio frequency channel to reduce interference. The recommended channel spacing is five channels. Fr example, different networks in the same area could use Channels 1 and 6, or 6 and 11. Hardware Features Before you cable your router, take a moment to become familiar with the front, side, and back panels and the label. Pay particular attention to the LEDs on the front panel. Front and Side Panel The router front panel has status LEDs and icons. Buttons and connectors are on the side. WPS WiFi On/Off Backup USB port SD card reader LEDs Figure 2. CENTRIA, front and side view Hardware Setup 9 Table 1. LED description CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Description LED Power Internet Wireless USB HDD Solid amber. CENTRIA is starting up. Blinking amber. The firmware is upgrading, or the Reset button was pressed. Solid green. CENTRIA is ready. Blinking green. The firmware is corrupted. Visit www.netgear.com/support. Off. Power is not supplied to CENTRIA. Solid green. The Internet connection is ready. Solid amber. The Ethernet cable connection to the modem has been detected. Off. No Ethernet cable is connected to CENTRIA. Solid blue. The wireless radio is operating in either 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz mode. Blinking. The router is in WPS (WiFi protected setup) mode. Off. The wireless radios are off for both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz. Solid blue: The router has accepted the USB device. The USB device is ready to Blinking blue. A USB device is plugged in and is trying to connect. Off. No USB device is connected; someone clicked the Safely Remove Hardware be used. button, and it is now safe to remove the attached USB device. copied to the internal HDD. Solid green. The internal HDD is working and is not full. Solid green plus red. The HDD is 85% full. Blinking green. Someone pressed the Backup button; the SD card data is being Blinking green and red. The HDD is 95% full. Solid red. The HDD is not formatted, the HDD connection is loose, or there is a Off. No internal HDD is connected. failure alert. The following are located on the side. WiFi On/Off button. Pressing and holding the WiFi On/Off button for 2 seconds turns on or off the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wireless radios. If the Wireless LED is lit, then the wireless radio is on. If the LED is off, then the wireless radios are turned off and you cannot connect wirelessly to the router. WPS button. You can use this button to use WPS to add a wireless device or computer to your wireless network. Backup button. You can use this button to back up files and folders onto the internal hard disk drive from an SD card attached to the card reader. See Back Up an SD Card onto the Internal HDD on page 70. USB drive. You can use this to attach a USB device such as a flash drive. Files and folders on the USB device can be shared. SD card reader. The SD card reader supports SD, MMC, MS, or MS Pro type cards. You can attach an SD card here, and then use the Backup button to back up files and folders on the SD card onto the internal HDD. Hardware Setup 10 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Back Panel The back panel has the connections shown in the following figure. Power connector Power On/Off Reset USB LAN ports 1-4 WAN
(Internet) port Figure 3. CENTRIA, rear view See Factory Settings on page 139 for information about restoring factory settings. Label The label on the bottom of the router shows the login information, MAC address, and serial number. Default access information Serial number MAC address Preset SSID Preset WiFi password Figure 4. The label shows unique information about CENTRIA Hardware Setup 11 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Install CENTRIA To view the CENTRIA Installation video, visit http://kb.netgear.com/app/answers/detail/a_id/21753/~/centria-hard-drive-installation-video, or use the following QR code. To install CENTRIA:
Make sure that your Internet service is working before you install the router. Follow steps 1 through 5. 1. Prepare your modem. a. Unplug your modems power. DSL or cable 1 Internet Modem b. If the modem has a battery backup, remove its batteries. c. If your modem was already connected to another router, disconnect the cable between your modem and that router. Now your modem should be turned off and cabled only to the wall jack for your Internet service. 2. Connect your modem. Hardware Setup 12 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 a. Plug in and turn on your modem. (Replace the batteries if you removed them previously.) 2 b a Modem Router b. With the yellow Ethernet cable that came with the router, connect your modem to the Internet port of your router. 3. Install a hard disk drive (optional). 3 For details, see Install an Optional Internal Hard Disk Drive (HDD) on page 15. 4. Power on the router. On/Off Router 4 Modem a. Connect the power adapter to the router and plug the power adapter into an outlet. b. Before going to Step 5, wait for the Power LED on the front panel to turn from solid amber to solid green. If none of the LEDs on the front panel are on, press the Power On/Off button on the rear panel. Hardware Setup 13 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 5. Connect a computer. Router Modem 5 You can use an Ethernet cable (not included) or connect wirelessly. Use an Ethernet cable to connect your computer to an Ethernet port on your Router. Or, connect wirelessly by using the preset SSID and preset WiFi password on the label on the bottom of the router. 6. Launch a browser, and the genie screen displays. 7. Click Next, and follow the onscreen instructions to set up your router. If you installed an HDD, you can format it when prompted, or do that later. During installation, you can download and install the ReadySHARE Vault app, or do that later. ReadySHARE Vault lets you manage your backups from your computer. See ReadySHARE Vault Windows Backup on page 63. If the browser cannot display the web page:
Make sure that the computer is connected to one of the four LAN Ethernet ports or wirelessly to the router. Make sure that the router Power LED Close and reopen the browser to make sure that the browser does not cache the previous is green and that its Wireless LED is lit. page. Browse to http://www.routerlogin.net. Hardware Setup 14 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 If the computer is set to a static or fixed IP address (this is uncommon), change it to obtain an IP address automatically from the router. Consult the documentation that came with your computer or operating system for instructions about how to do this. If the router does not connect to the Internet:
1. Review your settings to be sure that you have selected the correct options and typed everything correctly. 2. Contact your ISP to verify that you have the correct configuration information. 3. Read Chapter 11, Troubleshooting. If problems persist, register your NETGEAR product and contact NETGEAR technical support. Install an Optional Internal Hard Disk Drive (HDD) CENTRIA supports an optional HDD. The router supports 3.5-inch SATA HDDs (both 0.75 and 1-inch thickness). Visit www.netgear.com/CENTRIA_HD for list of compatible hard drives. CAUTION:
To protect your equipment, always turn off the router before removing or inserting an HDD. To install a hard disk drive:
1. Make sure the router is powered off. 2. Open the router side door (a) and move the internal latch down (b) as shown (c). a c b This allows you to insert the HDD. Hardware Setup 15 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 3. If you are installing a 0.75-inch-thick HDD (this is uncommon), insert the tray into the router. Follow the THIS SIDE UP and the BACK OF PRODUCT signs on the tray to place it in the correct orientation. Insert the HDD. 4. The metal connector on the HDD is up. 5. Close the latch to secure the HDD in place. 6. Close the side door. Note: If the latch is not in the correct position or the HDD is inserted in the wrong direction, then the side door to the router cannot be closed. When you turn on the router, the HDD LED shows the status of the HDD. Solid green. The internal HDD is working and is not full. Solid green plus red. The HDD is 85% full. Solid red. The HDD is not formatted, the HDD connection is loose, or there is a failure alert. Off. No internal HDD is connected. Hardware Setup 16 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 HDD Format If you install an HDD during your initial router setup, the router detects it. A preformatted HDD does not have to be reformatted. If the HDD has not yet been formatted, you are prompted to format the HDD. CAUTION:
Formatting the hard disks erases any data stored on it. You can follow the prompts to do so, or wait until later and log in to the router to format the HDD from the router menu. See Format the HDD on page 73. Remove a Hard Disk Drive CAUTION:
To protect your equipment, always turn off the router before removing or inserting a hard disk drive (HDD). To remove the hard disk drive (HDD):
1. Power off the router with the Power On/Off button. 2. Open the router side door and release the internal latch as shown. Hardware Setup 17 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 3. Grab the top and bottom of the HDD with your fingers and pull to remove it. 4. If you removed a 0.75-inch HDD, remove the tray from the router. 5. Place the latch back to the left (a) so that the router side door can be closed (b). a b Hardware Setup 18 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Requirements for Optional USB Devices The router works with USB 3.0 (USB Super Speed), 2.0 (USB High Speed), and 1.0 and 1.1
(USB Full Speed) standards. The approximate USB bus speeds are shown in the following table. Actual bus speeds can vary, depending on the CPU speed, memory, speed of the network, and other variables. Table 2. USB drive speeds Bus USB 3.0 USB 2.0 USB 1.1 Speed/Sec 5,000 Mbits 480 Mbits 12 Mbits The router works with most USB-compliant external flash and hard drives. For the most up-to-date list of USB drives that the router supports, go to:
http://kbserver.netgear.com/readyshare The router supports both read and write for FAT16, FAT32, NTFS, Linux file systems (EXT2, EXT3, EXT4), HFS+ (Hierarchical File System Plus), HFS+ journaled system. Note: Some USB external hard drives and flash drives require you to load the drivers onto the computer before the computer can access the USB device. Such USB devices do not work with the router. Hardware Setup 19 2. Getting Started with NETGEAR genie Connecting to CENTRIA 2 This chapter explains how to use NETGEAR genie to set up your router after you complete cabling as described in the installation guide and in the previous chapter. This chapter contains the following sections:
Router Setup Preparation Types of Logins and Access Use NETGEAR genie after Installation Upgrade the Firmware Dashboard (Basic Home Screen) Join Your Wireless Network NETGEAR genie App and Mobile genie App 20 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Router Setup Preparation You can allow NETGEAR genie to automatically set up your router, or you can use the genie menus and screens to set up your router manually. Before you start the setup process, get your ISP information and make sure the computers and devices in the network have the settings described here. Use Standard TCP/IP Properties for DHCP If you set up your computer to use a static IP address, you need to change the settings so that it uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). Consult the documentation that came with your computer or operating system for instructions about how to do this. Gather ISP Information If you have DSL broadband service, you might need the following information to set up your router and to check that your Internet configuration is correct. Your Internet service provider
(ISP) should have provided you with all of the information needed to connect to the Internet. If you cannot locate this information, ask your ISP to provide it. When your Internet connection is working, you no longer need to launch the ISP login program on your computer to access the Internet. When you start an Internet application, your router automatically logs you in. Make sure that you have the following information:
The ISP configuration information for your DSL account ISP login name and password Fixed or static IP address settings (special deployment by ISP; this is rare) Wireless Devices and Security Settings Make sure that the wireless device or computer that you are using supports WPA or WPA2 wireless security, which is the wireless security supported by the router. Types of Logins and Access Different types of logins have different purposes: It is important that you understand the difference so that you know which login to use when. Router login logs you in to the router interface from NETGEAR genie. See Use NETGEAR genie after Installation on page 22 for details about this login. ISP login logs you in to your Internet service. Your service provider has provided you with this login information, typically in a letter. If you cannot find this login information, contact your service provider. WiFi password. The preset SSID (WiFi network name) and preset WiFi password for your router are unique. This information is on the label on the bottom of your router. Getting Started with NETGEAR genie 21 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Use NETGEAR genie after Installation When you first set up your router, NETGEAR genie automatically starts when you launch an Internet browser on a computer that is connected to the router. You can use NETGEAR genie again if you want to view or change settings for the router. 1. Launch your browser from a computer or wireless device that is connected to the router. 2. Enter http://www.routerlogin.net in the web browser address bar. A login window displays. admin
3. Enter admin for the router user name and password for the router password, both in lowercase letters. Note:
The router user name and password are different from the user name and password for logging in to your Internet connection. See Types of Logins and Access on page 21 for more information. Upgrade the Firmware When you set up your router and are connected to the Internet, the router automatically checks for you to see if newer firmware is available. If it is, a message is displayed on the top of the screen. See Upgrade the Modem Router Firmware on page about upgrading firmware. Click the message when it shows up, and click Yes to upgrade the router with the latest firmware. After the upgrade, the router restarts automatically. 82 for more information CAUTION:
Do not try to go online, turn off the router, shut down the computer, or do anything else to the router until the router finishes restarting and the Power LED has stopped blinking for several seconds. Getting Started with NETGEAR genie 22 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Dashboard (Basic Home Screen) The Basic Home screen has a dashboard that lets you see the status of your Internet connection and network at a glance. You can click any of the six sections of the dashboard to view more detailed information. The left column has the menus, and at the top, there is an Advanced tab that you can use to access more menus and screens. Menus
(Click the Advanced tab to view more) Language Dashboard
(Click to view details) Help Figure 5. Basic Home screen with dashboard, language, and online help Home. This dashboard screen displays when you log in to the router. Internet. Set, update, and check the ISP settings of your router. Wireless. View or change the wireless settings for your router. Attached Devices. View the devices connected to your network. Parental Controls. Download and set up parental controls to prevent objectionable content from reaching your computers. ReadySHARE. Manage storage on the internal hard disk drive (HDD) and USB devices that you connect to the router USB drive. Guest Network. Set up a guest network to allow visitors to use your routers Internet connection. Advanced tab. Set the router up for unique situations such as when remote access by IP or by domain name from the Internet is needed. See Chapter 9, Advanced Settings. You need a solid understanding of networking protocols to use this tab. Help & Support. Visit the NETGEAR support site to get information, help, and product documentation. These links work once you have an Internet connection. Getting Started with NETGEAR genie 23 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Join Your Wireless Network You can use the manual or the WPS method to join your wireless network. See Guest Networks on page 36 for instructions about how to set up a guest network. Manual Method With the manual method, you choose the network that you want and enter its password to connect. To connect manually:
1. On your computer or wireless device, open the software that manages your wireless connections. The wireless software scans for all wireless networks in your area. 2. Look for your network and select it. The preset SSID (wireless network name) and preset WiFi password are on the router label. If you changed these settings, then look for the network name that you used. 3. Enter the router password and click Connect. Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) Method Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) lets you connect to a secure WiFi network without typing its password. Instead, press a button or enter a PIN. NETGEAR calls WPS Push 'N' Connect. Some older WiFi equipment is not compatible with WPS. WPS works only with WPA2 or WPA wireless security. To use WPS to join the wireless network:
1. Press the WPS button on the router side panel. 2. Within 2 minutes, press the WPS button on your wireless device, or follow the WPS instructions that came with the device. The WPS process automatically sets up your wireless computer with the network password and connects you to the wireless network. Getting Started with NETGEAR genie 24 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 NETGEAR genie App and Mobile genie App The genie app is the easy dashboard for managing, monitoring, and repairing your home network. See the NETGEAR genie App User Manual for details about the genie apps. Retrieve wireless password About genie Menu Language Dashboard
(Click to view details) Support The genie app can help you with the following:
Automatically repair common wireless network problems. Have easy access to router features like Live Parental Controls, guest access, Internet traffic meter, speed test, and more. The genie mobile app works on your iPhone, iPad, or Android phone:
Phone status Log in to the router Search NETGEAR support Information about genie mobile app and the connected router Getting Started with NETGEAR genie 25 3. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings Your Internet connection and network 3 This chapter contains the following sections:
Basic Home Screen Internet Setup Attached Devices Parental Controls ReadySHARE Storage Basic Wireless Settings Guest Networks 26 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Basic Home Screen The genie Basic Home screen is shown in the following figure:
Internet Setup The Internet Setup screen is where you view or change basic ISP information. You can use the Setup Wizard to detect the Internet connection and automatically set up the router. See Setup Wizard on page 39. To view or change the basic Internet setup:
1. From the Home screen, select Internet. The following screen displays:
Scroll to view more settings NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 27 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 The fields that display in the Internet Setup screen depend on whether your Internet connection requires a login. Yes. Select the encapsulation method and enter the login name. If you want to change the login time-out, enter a new value in minutes. No. Enter the account and domain names, only if needed. 2. Enter the settings for the IP address and DNS server. The default settings usually work fine. If you have problems with your connection, check to make sure that the settings in this screen match the information from your ISP. 3. Click Apply to save your settings. 4. Click Test to test your Internet connection. If the NETGEAR website does not display within 1 minute, see Chapter 11, Troubleshooting. Internet Setup Screen Fields The following descriptions explain all of the possible fields in the Internet Setup screen. The fields that display in this screen depend on whether tan ISP login is required. Does Your ISP Require a Login? Answer either yes or no. These fields display when no login is required:
Account Name (if required) Enter the account name that your ISP provided. This might also be called the host name. Domain Name (if required) Enter the domain name that your ISP provided. These fields display when your ISP requires a login:
Internet Service Provider Encapsulation. ISP types. The choices are PPPoE, PPTP, or L2TP. If you are not sure, check with your ISP. Login. The login name that your ISP provided. This login name is often an email address. Password. The password that you use to log in to your ISP. Idle Timeout (In minutes). If you want to change the login time-out, enter a new value in minutes. This setting determines how long the router keeps the Internet connection active after there is no Internet activity from the LAN. A value of 0 (zero) means never log out. Internet IP Address. Get Dynamically from ISP. Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your IP address. Your ISP automatically assigns these addresses. Use Static IP Address. Enter the IP address, IP subnet mask, and the gateway IP address that your ISP assigned. The gateway is the ISP router to which your router will connect. Domain Name Server (DNS) Address. The DNS server is used to look up site addresses based on their names. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 28 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Get Automatically from ISP. Your ISP uses DHCP to assign your DNS servers. Your ISP automatically assigns this address. Use These DNS Servers. If you know that your ISP requires specific servers, select this option. Enter the IP address of your ISPs primary DNS server. If a secondary DNS server address is available, enter it also. Router MAC Address. The Ethernet MAC address that the router uses on the Internet port. Some ISPs register the MAC address of the network interface card in your computer when your account is first opened. They accept traffic only from the MAC address of that computer. This feature allows your router to use your computers MAC address (this is also called cloning). Use Default Address. Use the default MAC address. Use Computer MAC Address. The router captures and uses the MAC address of the computer that you are now using. You have to use the one computer that the ISP allows. Use This MAC Address. Enter the MAC address that you want to use. Attached Devices Use the Attached Device screen to view all computers or devices that are currently connected to your network. To go to the Attached Devices screen:
From the Basic Home screen, select Attached Devices to display the following screen:
Wired devices are connected to the router with Ethernet cables. Wireless devices have joined the wireless network.
# (number). The order in which the device joined the network. IP Address. The IP address that the router assigned to this device when it joined the network. This number can change if a device is disconnected and rejoins the network. MAC Address. The unique MAC address for each device does not change. The MAC address is typically shown on the product label. Device Name. If the device name is known, it is shown here. You can click Refresh to update this screen. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 29 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Parental Controls The first time you select Parental Controls from the Basic Home screen, your browser goes to the Parental Controls website. You can learn more about Live Parental Controls or download the application. To set up Live Parental Controls:
1. Select Parental Controls on the Home (dashboard) screen. Live Parental Controls uses free OpenDNS accounts. If you do not have one, you can create one now. 2. Log in to manage Parental Control settings. 3. Click either the Windows Users or Mac Users button. 4. Follow the onscreen instructions to download and install the NETGEAR Live Parental Controls Management Utility. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 30 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 After installation, Live Parental Controls automatically starts. 5. Click Next, read the note, and click Next again to proceed. You are prompted to log in or create a free account. 6. Select the radio button that applies to you and click Next. If you already have an OpenDNS account, leave the Yes radio button selected. If you do not have an OpenDNS account, select the No radio button. After you log on or create your account, the filtering level screen displays:
NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 31 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 7. Select the radio button for the filtering level that you want and click Next. 8. Click the Take me to the status screen button. Parental controls are now set up for the router. The dashboard shows Parental Controls as enabled. ReadySHARE Storage You can view information about an internal hard disk drive (HDD) or a USB storage device that is connected to the routers USB port here. From the Basic Home screen, select ReadySHARE to display the USB Storage (Basic Settings) screen:
To work with storage, leave the Basic radio button selected. This screen displays the following:
Network/Device Name. The default is \\readyshare. Available Network Folders. The folders on the HDD or USB device. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 32 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Share Name. You can click the name shown, or you can type it in the address field of your web browser. If Not Shared is shown, the default share has been deleted and no other share for the root folder exists. Click the link to change this setting. Read Access and Write Access. Shows the permissions and access controls on the network folder: All no password (the default) allows all users to access the network folder. The user name (account name) for All no password is guest. The password for admin is the same one that you use to log in to the router. By default, it is password. Folder Name. Full path of the network folder. Volume Name. Volume name from the storage device (either USB drive or HDD). Total Space and Free Space. Shows the current utilization of the storage device. Edit. Click the Edit button to edit the Available Network Folders settings. Safely Remove USB or Internal Hard Disk Drive. Safely remove the USB device attached to your router. You can click Refresh to update this screen. For more information about USB storage, see Chapter 5, Storage. Basic Wireless Settings The Wireless Settings screen lets you view or configure the wireless network setup. The CENTRIA comes with preset security. This means that the Wi-Fi network name (SSID), network key (password), and security option (encryption protocol) are preset in the factory. You can find the preset SSID and password on the bottom of the unit. Note: The preset SSID and password are uniquely generated for every device to protect and maximize your wireless security. To view or change basic wireless settings:
NETGEAR recommends that you do not change your preset security settings. If you change your preset security settings, make a note of the new settings and store it in a safe place where you can easily find it. If you use a wireless computer to change the wireless network name (SSID) or other wireless security settings, you are disconnected when you click Apply. To avoid this problem, use a computer with a wired connection to access the router. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 33 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 1. Select Basic > Wireless to display the Wireless Settings screen. The screen sections, settings, and procedures are explained in the following sections. 2. Make any changes that are needed and click Apply to save your settings. 3. Set up and test your wireless devices and computers to make sure that they can connect wirelessly. If they do not, check the following:
Is your wireless device or computer connected to your network or another wireless network in your area? Some wireless devices automatically connect to the first open network (without wireless security) that they discover. Does your wireless device or computer show up on the Attached Devices screen? If it does, then it is connected to the network. If you are not sure what the network name (SSID) or password is, look on the label on the bottom of your router. Wireless Settings Screen Fields Region Selection The location where the router is used. Select from the countries in the list. In the United States, the region is fixed to United States and is not changeable. Wireless Network (2.4 GHz b/g/n and 5 GHz) The b/g/n notation references the 802.11 standards of conformance for the 2.4 GHz radio frequency. Enable Wireless Isolation. If this check box is selected, wireless computers or devices that join the network can use the Internet but cannot access each other or access Ethernet devices on the network. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 34 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Enable SSID Broadcast. This setting allows the router to broadcast its SSID so wireless stations can see this wireless name (SSID) in their scanned network lists. This check box is selected by default. To turn off the SSID broadcast, clear the Enable SSID Broadcast check box and click Apply. Name (SSID). The SSID is also known as the wireless network name. Enter a 32-character
(maximum) name in this field. This field is case-sensitive. The default SSID is randomly generated, and NETGEAR strongly recommends that you do not change this setting. Channel. This setting is the wireless channel the gateway uses. Enter a value from 1 through 13. For products in the North America market, only channels 1 through 11 can be operated. Do not change the channel unless you experience interference (shown by lost connections or slow data transfers). If this happens, experiment with different channels to see which is the best. Mode. Up to 150 Mbps is the default and allows 802.11n and 802.11g wireless devices to join the network. g & b supports up to 54 Mbps. Up to 65 Mbps supports up to 65 Mbps. Security Options Settings The Security Options section of the Wireless Settings screen lets you change the security option and passphrase. NETGEAR recommends that you do not change the security option or passphrase, but if you want to change these settings, this section explains how. Do not disable security. Change WPA Security Option and Password You can change the security settings for your router. If you do so, then write down the new settings and store them in a secure place for future reference. To change the WPA settings:
1. On the Wireless Settings screen, under Security Options, select the WPA option you want. 2. In the Passphrase field that displays when you select a WPA security option, enter the network passphrase (password) that you want to use. It is a text string from 8 to 63 characters. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 35 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Guest Networks Adding a guest network allows visitors at your home to use the Internet without having your wireless security key. You can add a guest network to each wireless network: 2.4 GHz b/g/n and 5.0 GHz a/n To set up a guest network:
1. Select Basic > Guest Network to display the following screen:
2. Select any of the following wireless settings:
Enable this wireless network. When this check box is selected, the guest network is enabled, and guests can connect to your network using the SSID of this profile. Enable SSID Broadcast. If this check box is selected, the wireless access point broadcasts its name (SSID) to all wireless stations. Stations with no SSID can adopt the correct SSID for connections to this access point. Allow guest to access My Local Network. If this check box is selected, anyone who connects to this SSID has access to your local network, not just Internet access. Enable Wireless Isolation. If this check box is selected, wireless computers or devices that join the network can use the Internet but cannot access each other or access Ethernet devices on the network. 3. Give the guest network a name. The guest network name is case-sensitive and can be up to 32 characters. You then manually configure the wireless devices in your network to use the guest network name in addition to the main SSID. 4. Select a security option from the list. The security options are described in Guest Network Wireless Security Options on page 5. Click Apply to save your selections. 37. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 36 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Guest Network Wireless Security Options A security option is the type of security protocol applied to your wireless network. The security protocol in force encrypts data transmissions and ensures that only trusted devices receive authorization to connect to your network. Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) has several options including pre-shared key (PSK) encryption. This section presents an overview of the security options and provides guidance on when to use which option. It is also possible to set up a guest network without wireless security. NETGEAR does not recommend this. WPA Encryption WPA encryption is built into all hardware that has the Wi-Fi-certified seal. This seal means that the product is authorized by the Wi-Fi Alliance (http://www.wi-fi.org/) because it complies with the worldwide single standard for high-speed wireless local area networking. WPA uses a password for authentication and to generate the initial data encryption keys. Then it dynamically varies the encryption key. WPA-PSK uses Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) data encryption, implements most of the IEEE 802.11i standard, and works with all wireless network interface cards, but not all wireless access points. WPA2-PSK is stronger than WPA-PSK. It is advertised to be theoretically indecipherable due to the greater degree of randomness in encryption keys that it generates. WPA2-PSK gets higher speed because it is usually implemented through hardware, while WPA-PSK is usually implemented through software. WPA2-PSK uses a password to authenticate and generate the initial data encryption keys. Then it dynamically varies the encryption key. WPS-PSK + WPA2-PSK Mixed Mode can provide broader support for all wireless clients. WPA2-PSK clients get higher speed and security, and WPA-PSK clients get decent speed and security. For help with WPA settings on your wireless computer or device, see the instructions that came with your product. NETGEAR genie Basic Settings 37 4. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home Specifying custom settings 4 This chapter contains the following sections:
NETGEAR genie Advanced Home Screen Setup Wizard WPS Wizard Setup Menu WAN Setup LAN Setup Quality of Service (QoS) Setup Some selections on the Advanced Home screen are described in separate chapters:
Storage. See Chapter 5, Storage. Security. See Chapter 7, Security. Administration. See Chapter 8, Administration. Advanced Setup. See Chapter 9, Advanced Settings. 38 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 NETGEAR genie Advanced Home Screen The genie Advanced Home dashboard presents status information. The content is the same as what is on the Router Status screen available from the Administration menu. The genie Advanced Home screen is shown in the following figure:
This screen is also displayed through the Administration menu. Setup Wizard You can use the Setup Wizard to detect your Internet settings and automatically set up your router. The Setup Wizard is not the same as the genie screens that display the first time you connect to your router to set it up. To use the Setup Wizard:
1. Select Advanced > Setup Wizard to display the following screen:
2. Select either Yes or No, I want to configure the router myself. If you select No, you are taken to the Internet Setup screen (see Internet Setup on page 26). NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 39 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 3. Select Yes and click Next. The Setup Wizard searches your Internet connection for servers and protocols to determine your ISP configuration. The following screen displays:
WPS Wizard The WPS Wizard helps you add a WPS-capable client device (a wireless device or computer) to your network. On the client device, either press its WPS button or locate its WPS PIN. To use the WPS Wizard:
1. Select Advanced > WPS Wizard. 2. Click Next. The following screen lets you select the method for adding the WPS client (a wireless device or computer). You can use either the push button or PIN method. 3. Select either Push Button or PIN Number. To use the push button method, either click the WPS button on this screen, or press the WPS button on the side of the router. Within 2 minutes, go to the wireless client and press its WPS button to join the network without entering a password. To use the PIN method, select the PIN Number radio button, enter the client security PIN, and click Next. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 40 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Within 2 minutes, go to the client device and use its WPS software to join the network without entering a password. The router attempts to add the WPS-capable device. The WPS LED on the front of the router blinks green. When the router establishes a WPS connection, the LED is solid green, and the router WPS screen displays a confirmation message. 4. Repeat Step 2 and Step 3 to add another WPS client to your network. Setup Menu Select Advanced > Setup to display the Setup menu. The following selections are available:
Internet Setup. Go to the same Internet Setup screen that you can access from the dashboard on the Basic Home screen. See Internet Setup on page 26. Wireless Setup. Go to the same Wireless Settings screen that you can access from the dashboard on the Basic Home screen. See Basic Wireless Settings on page 33. Guest Network. This selection is a shortcut to the same Guest Network screen that you can access from the dashboard on the Basic Home screen. See Guest Networks on page 36. WAN Setup. Internet (WAN) setup. See WAN Setup on page LAN Setup. Local area network (LAN) setup. See LAN Setup on page QoS Setup. Quality of Service (QoS) setup. See Quality of Service (QoS) Setup on 42. 45. page 48. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 41 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 WAN Setup The WAN Setup screen lets you configure a DMZ (demilitarized zone) server, change the maximum transmit unit (MTU) size, and enable the router to respond to a ping on the WAN
(Internet) port. To view or change the WAN settings:
Select Advanced > Setup > WAN Setup The following settings are available:
Disable Port Scan and DoS Protection. DoS protection protects your LAN against denial of service attacks such as Syn flood, Smurf Attack, Ping of Death, Teardrop Attack, UDP Flood, ARP Attack, Spoofing ICMP, Null Scan, and many others. This should be disabled only in special circumstances. Default DMZ Server. This feature is sometimes helpful when you are playing online games or videoconferencing. Be careful when using this feature because it makes the firewall security less effective. See the following section, Default DMZ Server, for more details. Respond to Ping on Internet Port. If you want the router to respond to a ping from the Internet, select this check box. Use this setting only as a diagnostic tool because it allows your router to be discovered. Do not select this check box unless you have a specific reason. Disable IGMP Proxying. The IGPM Proxying feature lets a LAN computer receive the multicast traffic directed to it from the Internet. Selecting this check box prevents this from occurring. MTU Size (in bytes). The normal MTU (maximum transmit unit) value for most Ethernet networks is 1500 bytes, or 1492 bytes for PPPoE connections. For some ISPs, you might need to reduce the MTU. This is rarely required. You should change the setting in this field only if you are sure that it is necessary for your ISP connection. See Change the MTU Size on page 44. NAT Filtering. Network Address Translation (NAT) determines how the router processes inbound traffic. Secured NAT provides a secured firewall to protect the computers on the NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 42 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 LAN from attacks from the Internet, but might prevent some Internet games, point-to-point applications, or multimedia applications from functioning. Open NAT provides a much less secured firewall, but allows almost all Internet applications to function. Disable SIP ALG. The Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) Application Level Gateway (ALG) is enabled by default to optimize VoIP phone calls that use the SIP. The Disable SIP ALG check box allows you to disable the SIP ALG. Disabling the SIP ALG might be useful when running certain applications. Default DMZ Server The default DMZ server feature is helpful when you are using some online games and videoconferencing applications that are incompatible with Network Address Translation
(NAT). The router recognizes some of these applications and works correctly with them, but there are other applications that might not function well. In some cases, one local computer can run the application correctly if that computers IP address is entered as the default DMZ server. WARNING!
DMZ servers pose a security risk. A computer designated as the default DMZ server loses much of the protection of the firewall and is exposed to exploits from the Internet. If compromised, the DMZ server computer can be used to attack other computers on your network. The router usually detects and discards incoming traffic from the Internet that is not a response to local computers or a service that you set up in the Port Forwarding/Port Triggering screen. Instead of discarding this traffic, you can have the router forward the traffic to one computer on your network. This computer is called the default DMZ server. To set up a default DMZ server:
1. On the WAN Setup screen, select the Default DMZ Server check box. 2. Type the IP address. 3. Click Apply. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 43 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Change the MTU Size The maximum transmission unit (MTU) is the largest data packet a network device transmits. When one network device communicates across the Internet with another, the data packets travel through many devices along the way. If a device in the data path has a lower MTU setting than the other devices, the data packets are split or fragmented to accommodate the device with the smallest MTU. The best MTU setting for NETGEAR equipment is often just the default value. In some situations, changing the value fixes one problem but causes another. Leave the MTU unchanged unless one of these situations occurs:
You have problems connecting to your ISP or other Internet service, and the technical support of either the ISP or NETGEAR recommends changing the MTU setting. These web-based applications might require an MTU change:
- A secure website that does not open, or displays only part of a web page
- Yahoo email
- MSN portal
- America Onlines DSL service You use VPN and have severe performance problems. You used a program to optimize MTU for performance reasons, and now you have connectivity or performance problems. Note: An incorrect MTU setting can cause Internet communication problems. For example, you might not be able to access certain websites, frames within websites, secure login pages, or FTP or POP servers. If you suspect an MTU problem, a common solution is to change the MTU to 1400. If you are willing to experiment, you can gradually reduce the MTU from the maximum value of 1500 until the problem goes away. The following table describes common MTU sizes and applications. Table 3. Common MTU sizes MTU 1500 1492 1472 1468 Application The largest Ethernet packet size and the default value. This setting is typical for connections that do not use PPPoE or VPN, and is the default value for NETGEAR routers, adapters, and switches. Used in PPPoE environments. Maximum size to use for pinging. (Larger packets are fragmented.) Used in some DHCP environments. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 44 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Table 3. Common MTU sizes (Continued) MTU 1460 1436 1400 576 Application Usable by AOL if you do not have large email attachments.. Used in PPTP environments or with VPN. Maximum size for AOL DSL. Typical value to connect to dial-up ISPs. To change the MTU size:
1. Select Advanced > Setup > WAN Setup. 2. 3. Click Apply to save the settings. In the MTU Size field, enter a value from 64 to 1500. LAN Setup The LAN Setup screen allows configuration of LAN IP services such as Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Routing Information Protocol (RIP). The router is shipped preconfigured to use private IP addresses on the LAN side and to act as a DHCP server. The routers default LAN IP configuration is:
LAN IP address. 192.168.1.1 Subnet mask. 255.255.255.0 These addresses are part of the designated private address range for use in private networks and are suitable for most applications. If your network requires a different IP addressing scheme, you can change these settings in the LAN Setup screen. To change the LAN settings:
Note: If you change the LAN IP address of the router, you are disconnected. To use the router menus, you must use a browser to connect to the new IP address and log in again. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 45 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 1. Select Advanced > Setup > LAN Setup to display the following screen:
2. Enter the settings that you want to customize. These settings are described in the following section, LAN Setup Screen Settings. 3. Click Apply to save your changes. LAN Setup Screen Settings LAN TCP/IP Setup IP Address. The LAN IP address of the router. IP Subnet Mask. The LAN subnet mask of the router. Combined with the IP address, the IP subnet mask allows a device to know which other addresses are local to it, and which addresses have to be reached through a gateway or router. RIP Direction. Router Information Protocol (RIP) allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers. This setting controls how the router sends and receives RIP packets. Both is the default setting. With the Both or Out Only setting, the router broadcasts its routing table periodically. With the Both or In Only setting, the router incorporates the RIP information that it receives. RIP Version. This setting controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the router sends. It recognizes both formats when receiving. By default, the RIP function is disabled. RIP-1 is universally supported. It is adequate for most networks, unless you have an unusual network setup. RIP-2 carries more information. Both RIP-2B and RIP-2M send the routing data in RIP-2 format. RIP-2B uses subnet broadcasting. RIP-2M uses multicasting. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 46 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Use Router as a DHCP Server Usually, this check box is selected so that the router functions as a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. Starting IP Address. Specify the start of the range for the pool of IP addresses in the same subnet as the router. Ending IP Address. Specify the end of the range for the pool of IP addresses in the same subnet as the router. Address Reservation When you specify a reserved IP address for a computer on the LAN, that computer receives the same IP address each time it accesses the routers DHCP server. Assign reserved IP addresses to servers that require permanent IP settings. See Address Reservation on page 48. Use the Router as a DHCP Server By default, the router acts as a DHCP server. The router assigns IP, DNS server, and default gateway addresses to all computers connected to the LAN. The assigned default gateway address is the LAN address of the router. The router assigns IP addresses to the attached computers from a pool of addresses specified in this screen. Each pool address is tested before it is assigned to avoid duplicate addresses on the LAN. For most applications, the default DHCP and TCP/IP settings of the router are satisfactory. You can specify the pool of IP addresses that can be assigned by setting the starting IP address and ending IP address. These addresses should be part of the same IP address subnet as the routers LAN IP address. Using the default addressing scheme, define a range between 192.168.1.2 and 192.168.1.254, although you might want to save part of the range for devices with fixed addresses. The router delivers the following parameters to any LAN device that requests DHCP:
An IP address from the range you have defined Subnet mask Gateway IP address (the routers LAN IP address) Primary DNS server (if you entered a primary DNS address in the Internet Setup screen;
otherwise, the routers LAN IP address) Secondary DNS server (if you entered a secondary DNS address in the Internet Setup screen) To use another device on your network as the DHCP server, or to specify the network settings of all of your computers, clear the Use Router as DHCP Server check box and click Apply. Otherwise, leave this check box selected. If this service is not enabled and no other DHCP server is available on your network, set your computers IP addresses manually so that they can access the router. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 47 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Address Reservation When you specify a reserved IP address for a computer on the LAN, that computer always receives the same IP address each time it accesses the routers DHCP server. Reserved IP addresses should be assigned to computers or servers that require permanent IP settings. To reserve an IP address:
1. In the Address Reservation section of the screen, click the Add button. 2. In the IP Address field, type the IP address to assign to the computer or server. (Choose an IP address from the routers LAN subnet, such as 192.168.1.x.) 3. Type the MAC address of the computer or server. Tip: If the computer is already on your network, you can copy its MAC address from the Attached Devices screen and paste it here. 4. Click Apply to enter the reserved address into the table. The reserved address is not assigned until the next time the computer contacts the routers DHCP server. Reboot the computer, or access its IP configuration and force a DHCP release and renew. To edit or delete a reserved address entry, select the radio button next to the reserved address you want to edit or delete. Then click Edit or Delete. Quality of Service (QoS) Setup QoS is an advanced feature that can be used to prioritize some types of traffic ahead of others. The CENTRIA can provide QoS prioritization over the wireless link and on the Internet connection. To configure QoS:
Select Advanced > Setup > QoS Setup to display the following screen:
NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 48 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Enable WMM QoS for Wireless Multimedia Applications The CENTRIA supports Wi-Fi Multimedia Quality of Service (WMM QoS) to prioritize wireless voice and video traffic over the wireless link. WMM QoS provides prioritization of wireless data packets from different applications based on four access categories: voice, video, best effort, and background. For an application to receive the benefits of WMM QoS, both it and the client running that application have to have WMM enabled. Legacy applications that do not support WMM and applications that do not require QoS, are assigned to the best effort category, which receives a lower priority than voice and video. WMM QoS is enabled by default. You can disable it in the QoS Setup screen by clearing the Enable WMM check box and clicking Apply. Set Up QoS for Internet Access You can give prioritized Internet access to the following types of traffic:
Specific applications Specific online games Individual Ethernet LAN ports of the router A specific device by MAC address To specify prioritization of traffic, create a policy for the type of traffic and add the policy to the QoS Policy table in the QoS Setup screen. For convenience, the QoS Policy table lists many common applications and online games that can benefit from QoS handling. QoS for Applications and Online Gaming To create a QoS policy for applications and online games:
1. In the QoS Setup screen, select the Turn Internet Access QoS On check box. 2. Click the Setup QoS Rule button to see the QoS Priority Rule list. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 49 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 You can edit or delete a rule by selecting its radio button and clicking either the Edit or Delete button. You can also delete all the rules by clicking the Delete All button. 3. To add a priority rule, scroll down to the bottom of the QoS Setup screen and click Add Priority Rule to display the following screen:
4. 5. In the QoS Policy for field, type the name of the application or game. In the Priority Category list, select either Applications or Online Gaming. A list of applications or games displays. 6. You can select an existing item from the list, or you can scroll and select Add a New Application or Add a New Game, as applicable. If prompted, in the Connection Type list, select either TCP, UDP, or both (TCP/UDP). Specify the port number or range of port numbers that the application or game uses. 7. 8. From the Priority list, select the priority for Internet access for this traffic relative to other applications and traffic. The options are Low, Normal, High, and Highest. 9. Click Apply to save this rule to the QoS Policy list and return to the QoS Setup screen. QoS for a Router LAN Port To create a QoS policy for a device connected to one of the routers LAN ports:
1. Select Advanced > Setup > QoS Setup to display the QoS Setup screen. 2. Select the Turn Internet Access QoS On check box. 3. Click the Setup QoS Rule button. 4. Click the Add Priority Rule button. 5. From the Priority Category list, select Ethernet LAN Port, as shown in the following figure:
6. From the LAN port list, select the LAN port. 7. From the Priority list, select the priority for Internet access for this ports traffic relative to other applications. The options are Low, Normal, High, and Highest. 8. Click Apply to save this rule to the QoS Policy list and return to the QoS Setup screen. 9. In the QoS Setup screen, click Apply. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 50 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 QoS for a MAC Address To create a QoS policy for traffic from a specific MAC address:
1. Select Advanced > Setup > QoS Setup, and click the Setup QoS Rule button. The QoS Setup screen displays. 2. Click Add Priority Rule. 3. From the Priority Category list, select MAC Address to display the following screen:
4. If the device to be prioritized appears in the MAC Device List, select its radio button. The information from the MAC Device List populates the policy name, MAC Address, and Device Name fields. If the device does not appear in the MAC Device List, click Refresh. If it still does not appear, then fill in these fields manually. 5. From the Priority list, select the priority for Internet access for this devices traffic reelative to other applications and traffic. The options are Low, Normal, High, and Highest. 6. Click Apply to save this rule to the QoS Policy list and return to the QoS Setup screen. 7. 8. Click Apply. In the QoS Setup screen, select the Turn Internet Access QoS On check box. Edit or Delete an Existing QoS Policy To edit or delete a QoS policy:
1. Select Advanced > QoS Setup to display the QoS Setup screen. 2. Select the radio button next to the QoS policy that you want to edit or delete, and do one of the following:
Click Delete to remove the QoS policy. Click Edit to edit the QoS policy. Follow the instructions in the preceding sections to change the policy settings. 3. Click Apply in the QoS Setup screen to save your changes. NETGEAR genie Advanced Home 51 5. Storage Accessing and configuring an HDD or USB storage drive 5 This chapter describes how to access and configure a storage drive attached to your router. The USB port on the router can be used to connect only USB storage devices like flash drives or hard drives, or a printer. Do not connect computers, USB modems, CD drives, or DVD drives to the router USB port. This chapter contains the following sections:
ReadySHARE Access User Setup File-Sharing Scenarios Storage Basic Settings Storage Advanced Settings Safely Remove a USB or Internal Hard Drive Media Server Specify Approved USB Devices Connect to the USB Drive from a Remote Computer ReadySHARE Cloud Back Up Your Computers Replace the Internal Hard Disk Drive Format the HDD For information about using the ReadySHARE Printer feature, see Chapter 6, ReadySHARE Printer. For more information about ReadySHARE features, see www.netgear.com/readyshare. 52 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 ReadySHARE Access ReadySHARE lets you access and share the HDD inside the router or a USB drive connected the router USB port. (If your USB device has special drivers, it is not compatible.) When you connect the USB device, it might take up to 2 minutes before it is ready for sharing. Note: If your USB device has a power supply, you must use it when you connect the USB device to the router. To access the internal HDD or USB device from Windows:
The readyshareconnect.exe file is available to download here:
www.netgear.com/readyshare. You can use any of these methods:
Select Start > Run. Enter \\readyshare in the dialog box and click OK. Open a browser and enter \\readyshare in the address bar. Open My Network Places and enter \\readyshare in the address bar. To access the internal HDD or USB device from a Mac:
1. Select Go > Connect to Server. 2. Enter smb://readyshare as the server address. 3. Click Connect. User Setup The router comes with the admin user name that allows you to log in to the router to view its settings and change them. In the User Setup screen, you can add up to four users in addition to admin. Each user name and password can contain printable ASCII characters (ASCII 0x20 through 0x7E) and can be up to 60 characters in length. To add a user:
1. Select Advanced > Storage > User Setup. Storage 53 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 2. Click Add. In the User Name field, type a name. 3. 4. Type the password in the Password field and in the Re-enter Password field to confirm it. 5. Click the Add button when finished. File-Sharing Scenarios You can share files on the USB drive for a wide variety of business and recreational purposes. The files can be any computer, Mac, or Linux file type including text files, Word, PowerPoint, Excel, MP3, pictures, and multimedia files. USB drive applications include:
Sharing multimedia with friends and family such as MP3 files, pictures, and other multimedia with local and remote users. Sharing resources on your network. You can store files in a central location so that you do not have to power up a computer to perform local sharing. In addition, you can share files between Macintosh, Linux, and Windows computers by using the USB drive as a go-between across the systems. Sharing files such as Word documents, PowerPoint presentations, and text files with remote users. A few common uses are described in the following sections. Share Photos You can create your own central storage location for photos and multimedia. This method eliminates the need to log in to (and pay for) an external photo-sharing site. To share files with your friends and family:
1. Insert your USB drive into the USB port on the router either directly or with a USB cable. Computers on your local area network (LAN) can automatically access this USB drive using a web browser or Microsoft Networking. If you want to specify read-only access or to allow access from the Internet, see Storage Advanced Settings on page 58. 2. Storage 54 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Store Files in a Central Location for Printing This scenario is for a family that has one high-quality color printer directly attached to a computer, but not shared on the local area network (LAN). This family does not have a print server. One family member has photos on a Macintosh computer that she wants to print. The photo-capable color printer is directly attached to a PC, but not shared on the network. The Mac and PC are not visible to each other on the network. To print photos from a Mac on the printer attached to a PC:
1. On the Mac, access the USB drive by typing \\readyshare in the address field of a web browser. Then copy the photos to the USB drive. 2. On the PC, use a web browser or Microsoft Networking to copy the files from the USB drive to the PC. Then print the files. Share Large Files over the Internet Sending files that are larger than 5 MB can pose a problem for many email systems. The router allows you to share large files such as PowerPoint presentations or .zip files over the Internet. FTP can be used to easily download shared files from the router. Sharing files with a remote colleague involves the following considerations:
There are three kinds of accounts: admin, guest, and user accounts. The password for admin is the same one that you use to access the router. By default, it is password. The guest user account has no password. You specify the passwords for user accounts in the User Setup screen (User Setup on page 53). On the FTP site, the person receiving the files uses the guest user account and enters the password. (FTP requires that you type something in the password field.) Be sure to select the FTP (via Internet) check box in the USB Storage (Advanced Settings) screen. This option supports both downloading and uploading of files. You can enable the HTTP (via Internet) option on the USB Storage (Advanced Settings) screen to share large files. This option supports downloading files only. Storage 55 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Storage Basic Settings You can view or edit basic settings for an internal hard disk drive (HDD) in the router and a USB storage device attached to your router. To go to Storage Basic Settings:
Select Basic > ReadySHARE. By default, the HDD and USB storage device are available to all computers on your local area network (LAN). The ReadySHARE print feature allows you to share a printer that you connect to the USB port on your router. To use the ReadySHARE print feature on a Windows computer, you need to use the NETGEAR USB Control Center utility. For information about this feature, see Chapter 6, ReadySHARE Printer. To access your HDD or USB device:
1. Click the network device name or the share name in your computers network folders list. 2. For SMB://readyshare, click Connect. Note: If you logged in to the router before you connected your USB device, you might not see your USB device in the router screens. If this happens, log out and then log back in. Storage 56 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Add or Edit a Network Folder 1. You can access this feature by selecting Basic > ReadySHARE, and clicking Edit, or selecting Advanced > USB Storage > Advanced Settings. 2. Specify the changes that you want to make:
To add a folder, click Create Network Folder. To edit a folder, select its radio button and then click Edit. 3. You can use this screen to select a folder, change the share name, or change the read access or write access from All no password to admin. The user name (account name) for All no password is guest. The password for admin is the same one that is used to log in to the router. By default, it is password. 4. Click Apply for your changes to take effect. Storage 57 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Storage Advanced Settings You can set up the device name, workgroups, and network folders for your USB device. To go to storage advances settings:
On the USB Settings screen, click the Edit button to display the following screen:
You can use this screen to specify access to the USB storage device. Network Device Name. The default is readyshare. This is the name used to access the USB device connected to the router. Workgroup. If you are using a Windows workgroup rather than a domain, the workgroup name is displayed here. The name works only in an operating system that supports NetBIOS, such as Microsoft Windows. Access Method. The access methods are described here. Network Connection. Enabled by default, this connection allows all users on the LAN to have access to the USB drive. HTTP. Enabled by default. You can type http://readyshare.routerlogin.net/shares to access the USB drive. HTTP (via Internet). Disabled by default. If you enable this setting, remote users can type http://<public IP address/shares> (for example, http://1.1.10.102/shares) or a URL domain name to access the USB drive over the Internet. This setting supports file uploading only. FTP. Disabled by default. FTP (via Internet). Disabled by default. If you enable this setting, remote users can access the USB drive through FTP over the Internet. This setting supports both downloading and uploading of files. Storage 58 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Available Network Folders You might need to scroll down to view this section of the screen:
Share Name. If only one device is connected, the default share name is USB_Storage. You can click the name shown, or you can type it in the address field of your web browser. If Not Shared is shown, the default share has been deleted and no other share for the root folder exists. Click the link to change this setting. Read Access and Write Access. Shows the permissions and access controls on the network folder: All - no password (the default) allows all users to access the network folder. The password for admin is the same one that you use to log in to the router. Folder Name. Full path of the network folder. Volume Name. Volume name from the storage device (either USB drive or HDD). Total Space and Free Space. Shows the current utilization of the storage device. S.M.A.R.T. This information is for advanced users. Click the click here link to display S.M.A.R.T information of the internal HDD. Format Internal Disk. You click this button to format the internal hard disk drive. This erases all data on the drive. When you click Format Internal Disk, you are asked to confirm before any data is erased. For more information about formatting the internal hard disk drive, see See Format the HDD on page 73. Safely Remove a USB or Internal Hard Drive To remove a USB device or internal hard disk drive (HDD) safely, select Storage > Basic Settings, and click the Safely Remove USB or Internal Hard Drive button. This takes the drive offline. Storage 59 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Media Server By default, the router is set up to act as a ReadyDLNA media server. This setting lets you view movies and photos on DLNA/UPnP AVcompliant media players, such as Xbox360, Playstation, and NETGEARs Digital Entertainer Live. To view these settings, select Advanced > USB Storage > Media Server to display the following screen:
By default the Enable Media Server check box and the Automatic (when new files are added) radio button are selected. When these options are selected, the router scans for media files whenever new files are added to the ReadySHARE USB hard drive. Specify Approved USB Devices For more security, you can set up the router to share approved USB devices only. You can access this feature from the Advanced Setup menu on the Advanced tab. To set up approved USB devices:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > USB Settings. The following screen displays. Storage 60 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 2. Click the Approved Devices button. The USB Drive Approved Devices screen displays:
This screen shows the approved USB devices and the available USB devices. You can remove or add approved USB devices. 3. To add an approved USB device, select it from the Available USB Devices list, and then click Add. 4. Select the Allow only approved devices check box. 5. Click Apply so that your change takes effect. If you want to work with another USB device, first click the Safely Remove USB Device button for the currently connected USB device. Connect the other USB device and repeat this process. Connect to the USB Drive from a Remote Computer To connect to the USB drive from remote computers with a web browser, use the routers Internet port IP address. If you are using Dynamic DNS, you can type the DNS name rather than the IP address. You can view the routers Internet IP address from the dashboard on the Basic Home screen or the Advanced Home screen. Access the Routers USB Drive Remotely Using FTP To connect to the routers USB drive using a web browser:
1. Connect to the router by typing ftp:// and the Internet port IP address in the address field of Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator. For example:
ftp://10.1.65.4 If you are using Dynamic DNS, you can type the DNS name rather than the IP address. 2. Type the account name and password that has access rights to the USB drive. The user name (account name) for All no password is guest. 3. The directories of the USB drive that your account has access to display. For example, you could see: share/partition1/directory1. You can now read and copy files from the USB directory. Storage 61 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 ReadySHARE Cloud ReadySHARE Cloud gives you remote access over the Internet to a USB storage device that is connected to your routers USB port. To enable ReadySHARE Cloud, log in to the router and select ReadySHARE. Follow the instructions to register your router with the ReadySHARE Cloud server. Use this feature to invite friends and family members to access the shared contents on the USB device. If your friends and family do not have a ReadySHARE Cloud account, they are invited to create one so they can access the shared contents. Visit http://readyshare.netgear.com and create an account to make your files and folders accessible at any time, from anywhere. In addition to remotely sharing anything stored on the USB device connected to your router, you can:
Control friend and family access to each item stored on the USB device. Invite new users to access the shared contents. Storage 62 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Back Up Your Computers You can back up your computers onto the CENTRIA internal SATA hard disk drive or to a connected external USB storage drive. You can use a formatted HDD or you can format an HDD from the router menu (see Format the HDD on page 73). Note: For information about backing up the router configuration file, see Manage the Configuration File on page 96. The following figure shows an example of the sequence of tasks you could use to back up your computers. 1. Install CENTRIA using a PC, Mac, tablet, or smartphone. 3.To back up your Mac, use Apple Time Machine. 2.To back up your Windows computers, install ReadySHARE Vault on each PC. Figure 6. Install CENTRIA, then back up your Windows computers and Macs. CAUTION:
NETGEAR assumes no responsibility for lost data and does not offer data recovery services if a drive fails. ReadySHARE Vault Windows Backup ReadySHARE Vault lets you back up files from your Windows PC onto the internal hard disk in the router or to a USB device attached to the router USB port. ReadySHARE Vault uses incremental backup technology. After the first backup has been completed, ReadySHARE Vault checks to find out which files have changed since the last backup, and then backs up only the changes. Storage 63 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 To back up a Windows PC on to an HDD in the router:
The first time you back up your PC, the backup could take a while to complete. During the backup you can continue to use your computer. 1. Install the genie app on each PC by downloading the software from 2. www.netgear.com/genie. Install ReadySHARE Vault on each PC by downloading the software from www.netgear.com/readyshare. 3. Launch ReadySHARE Vault. The Dashboard screen displays. 4. Click the Backup tab. 5. Follow the steps on this screen to specify the backup drive, which files and folders you want to back up, and whether you want to enable security. 6. Click Save and Start Backup. Storage 64 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Time Machine HDD Backup Time Machine works on Mac computers only, and automatically backs up your computer. To back up a Mac onto an HDD in the router:
1. From your Mac Desktop, open Macintosh HD or Finder. 2. Select WNDR4700 from the SHARED list in the left menu. 3. Click the Connect As button. 4. In the pop-up window, select Registered User, and enter admin as the user name and password as the password. 5. Click Connect. After connecting, you can list connected devices. One extra device, called admin, displays whenever you log in as admin. 6. From the Apple menu, select System Preferences, and then open Time Machine. 7. Click Select Disk and select the backup disk. 8. Click the Use for Backup button to complete your selection. If you do not see the HDD, use Mac Finder to locate it. Then select it in Time Machine. Storage 65 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 9. Enter the password (password), and the backup begins. Time Machine USB Drive Backup If you are already using Time Machine software with your USB hard drive, you can skip this section. To set up a USB drive for Time Machine:
1. Physically connect the USB hard drive to your Mac. 2. On your Mac, go to the magnifying glass at the top right of the desktop, and search for disk utility. Storage 66 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 3. Open the Disk Utility and format your drive, as shown here. The router supports GUID and MBR partitions only. To see how to change the partition scheme, see Change the Partition Scheme on page You can now use Time Machine wirelessly by connecting the USB hard drive to your router. 70. To back up a Mac onto a USB drive attached to the router USB port:
1. From your Mac Desktop, open Macintosh HD or Finder. 2. Click the Connect As button. 3. In the pop-up window, select Registered User, and enter admin as the user name and password as the password. Storage 67 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 4. Click Connect. After connecting, you can list connected devices. One extra device, called admin, displays whenever you log in as admin. 5. From the Apple menu, select System Preferences, and then open Time Machine. 6. Click Select Disk and select the backup disk. 7. Click the Use for Backup button to complete your selection. If you do not see the HDD, use Mac Finder to locate it. Then select it in Time Machine. 8. Enter the password (password), and the backup begins. Before You Back up a Large Amount of Data Before you back up a large amount of data with Time Machine, NETGEAR recommends that you do the following to ensure a successful operation:
1. Upgrade the operating system of the Mac machine. 2. Verify and repair the backup disk and the local disk. 3. Verify and repair the permissions on the local disk. 4. Set Energy Saver. a. From the Apple menu, select System Preferences. b. From the View menu, select Energy Saver. Storage 68 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 c. On the Energy Saver screen, select Wake for Ethernet network access. d. Click the Back arrow to exit this screen. Your changes are saved. 5. Modify your Security settings. a. From the Apple menu, select System Preferences. b. From the View menu, select Security. c. On the Security screen, leave the Log out after minutes of inactivity check box cleared (not selected). Storage 69 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Change the Partition Scheme To run with the router, the partition scheme on your Mac has to be set to either GUID or MBR. To make sure the partition scheme is set to one of these supported schemes:
1. Open the Disk Utility and select your USB drive. 2. Select the Partition tab. 3. Select Volume Scheme and set the number of partitions you would like to use. 4. Click Options, and the Partition options appear. 5. Select GUID Partition Table or Master Boot Record (MBR). 6. Click OK. Back Up an SD Card onto the Internal HDD The SD card reader supports SD, MMC, MS, or MS Pro type cards. You can use the Backup button on the side of the router to backup files and folders on an SD card onto the internal HDD. This is a convenient way to back up files such as pictures from a digital camera. To back up all files and folders on an SD card:
An internal HDD must be installed inside the router. 1. Plug the SD card into the SD card reader on the side of the router. 2. Press the Backup button on the side of the router for 2 seconds. The HDD LED starts blinking green. Storage 70 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 All the data on SD card is backed up in a folder on the internal HDD root directory. The folder name is Card_1_Backup_<time stamp>, where time stamp is the time of the backup. When the backup is done, the HDD LED stops blinking. You can go to the root directory of the internal HDD to check the data. Replace the Internal Hard Disk Drive You can install a hard disk drive (HDD) inside the router and back up files from your computers onto the HDD. For instructions about how to install an HDD, see the installation guide that came in the package with your product. When your HDD is 95% full, the HDD LED blinks red and green. To replace an HDD:
1. Obtain a compatible HDD. It can be preformatted or unformatted. For a list of HDDs that are compatible with the router, visit www.netgear.com/CENTRIA_HD. 2. Select Advanced > USB Storage > Advanced Settings. 3. Click the Safely Remove USB or Internal Hard Drive button. Storage 71 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 4. Use the Power On/Off button to turn off the router. 5. Open the router side door and release the internal latch as shown. 6. Grab the top and bottom of the HDD with your fingers and pull to remove it. 7. If you are installing a 0.75-inch-thick HDD (this is uncommon), insert the tray into the router. Follow the THIS SIDE UP and the BACK OF PRODUCT signs on the tray to place it in the correct orientation. Storage 72 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 8. Insert the HDD. The connector is up. 9. Close the latch to secure the HDD in place. 10. Close the side door of the router. If the latch is not in the correct position or the HDD is inserted in the wrong direction, then the side door to the router cannot be closed. When you turn on the router, the HDD LED shows the status of the HDD. See Table LED description on page 10. 1, Format the HDD If you install the HDD during your initial router setup, the router detects it and prompts you to format the HDD. You can follow the prompts to do so, or wait until later and log in to the router to format the HDD from the router menu. CAUTION:
Formatting the internal disk drive erases all files and folders that are stored on it. Storage 73 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 To format the HDD:
1. Select Advanced > Storage > Advanced Settings. 2. Click the Format Internal Disk button. Storage 74 6. ReadySHARE Printer Share a printer connected to the USB port 6 ReadySHARE Printer is compatible with Macs and Windows PCs. It lets you connect a USB printer to the routers USB port, and access it wirelessly. This chapter contains the following sections:
ReadySHARE Printer USB Control Center Utility For more information about ReadySHARE features, visit www.netgear.com/readyshare. 75 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 ReadySHARE Printer You can connect a USB printer to the routers USB port, and share it among Windows and Mac computers on the network. To set up ReadySHARE Printer:
1. Connect the USB printer to the routers USB port with a USB printer cable. 2. Install the USB printer driver software on each computer that will share the printer. If you do not have the printer driver, contact the printer manufacturer to find and download the most recent printer driver software. 3. On each computer that shares the printer, download the NETGEAR USB Control Center utility. The NETGEAR USB utility has a Mac version and a Windows version, which you can access in two different ways:
From the ReadySHARE Printer area of the page you reach through this URL:
www.netgear.com/readyshare From the ReadySHARE tab of genie. (See NETGEAR genie App and Mobile genie App on page 25). Note: You have to install this utility before you can use the ReadySHARE Printer feature. For the ReadySHARE Printer feature to work, this utility has to be running in the background. ReadySHARE Printer 76 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 4. Follow the instructions to install the NETGEAR USB Control Center utility. 5. After you have installed the utility, select the language. ReadySHARE Printer 77 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 6. The first time you access the utility, you are asked to select the printer and click the Connect button. Once the connection is established, the status changes to Manually connected by xxx. You can click the Disconnect button at any time to release the connection. The status then changes to Available. After you click the Connect button once on each computer in the network, the utility on each of them handles the printing queue and handling. The status of the printer is Available on all of the computers. When the status is Available, you can use the USB printer. When the status is Manually connected by xxx, only the xxx computer can use the printer. Other network devices must wait until the xxx computer has released the connection, or until the connection times out (the default time-out value is 30 seconds). ReadySHARE Printer 78 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 You can set the value for the default time-out time from Tools > Configuration. The USB Control Center utility must be running for the computer to be able to print to the USB printer attached to the router. If you exit the utility, printing does not work. Some firewall software, such as Comodo, blocks the ReadySHARE Print utility from accessing the USB printer. If you do not see the printer in the utility, you can disable the firewall temporarily to allow the utility to work. 7. If your printer supports scanning, make sure that the printer is in the Available state, and click the Network Scanner button. The Scanner window opens so you can use the printer for scanning. ReadySHARE Printer 79 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 USB Control Center Utility The USB Control Center utility allows you to control a shared USB device from your computer that is connected to the USB port on your router. The utility allows you to control a printer and a scanner. You have to install the utility on each computer on the network from which you want to control the device. You can download this utility for PC and Mac at www.netgear.com/landing/en-us/readyshare.aspx. When you launch the USB Control Center utility, a screen similar to the following displays:
The main screen shows a device icon, the description for this USB device, and its status. Available. The device is available from the computer that you are using. Waiting to Connect. You need to connect to this device from the computer that you are using. If this is the first time you are connecting, you might be prompted to install the device driver. Menu selections:
System. Exit the utility. Tools. Access the Control Center Configuration to set up your shared USB device. See the following section, Control Center Configuration. About. View details about the USB Control Center software. ReadySHARE Printer 80 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Control Center Configuration Select Tools > Configuration to display the following screen:
Automatically execute when logging on Windows. Enable this utility to start automatically when you are logged in to Windows. Timeout. Specify the time-out value for holding the USB resource when it is not in use. Language. Select the display language for this utility. USB Printer The first time you use a printer, click Connect. You might be asked to install the driver for this printer. After the driver is installed, the printer status changes to Available. Note: Some USB printers (for example: HP and Lexmark printers) request that you do not connect the USB cable until their installation software prompts you to do so. If the USB printer is detected and connected automatically, you need to disconnect the printer, and then wait for the prompt asking you to click Connect. ReadySHARE Printer 81 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Once the printer shows Available status, it is no longer grayed out in a Paused state in the Windows Printers window. This USB printer is ready. The utility does not need to hold the connection of this USB printer. Once there is any print job for this printer, the USB utility connects to this USB printer and prints. After the print job is done, the printer status returns to the Paused state. Scan with a Multifunction Printer You can use the scan feature of a multifunction printer. 1. Make sure that the printer status shows as Available. 2. Click the Network Scanner button. This activates the scanner window to perform scans. ReadySHARE Printer 82 7. Security Keeping unwanted content out of your network 7 This chapter explains how to use the basic firewall features of the router to prevent objectionable content from reaching the computers and devices on your network. This chapter includes the following sections:
Keyword Blocking of HTTP Traffic Block Services (Port Filtering) Schedule Blocking Security Event Email Notifications 83 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Keyword Blocking of HTTP Traffic Use keyword blocking to prevent certain types of HTTP traffic from accessing your network. The blocking can be always or according to a schedule. 1. Select Advanced > Security > Block Sites to display the following screen:
2. Select one of the keyword blocking options:
3. Per Schedule. Turn on keyword blocking according to the Schedule screen settings. Always. Turn on keyword blocking all the time, independent of the Schedule screen. In the keyword field, enter a keyword or domain, click Add Keyword, and click Apply. The keyword list supports up to 32 entries. Here are some sample entries:
Specify XXX to block http://www.badstuff.com/xxx.html. Specify .com if you want to allow only sites with domain suffixes such as .edu or .gov. Enter a period (.) to block all Internet browsing access. To delete a keyword or domain:
1. Select the keyword you want to delete from the list. 2. Click Delete Keyword and then Apply to save your changes. To specify a trusted computer:
You can exempt one trusted computer from blocking and logging. The computer you exempt has to have a fixed IP address. 1. In the Trusted IP Address field, enter the IP address. 2. Click Apply to save your changes. Security 84 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Block Services (Port Filtering) Services are functions that server computers perform at the request of client computers. For example, web servers serve web pages, time servers serve time and date information, and game hosts serve data about other players moves. When a computer on the Internet sends a request for service to a server computer, the requested service is identified by a service or port number. This number appears as the destination port number in the transmitted IP packets. For example, a packet that is sent with the destination port number 80 is an HTTP
(web server) request. The service numbers for many common protocols are defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF at http://www.ietf.org/) and published in RFC1700, Assigned Numbers. Service numbers for other applications are typically chosen from the range 1024 to 65535 by the authors of the application. Although the router already holds a list of many service port numbers, you are not limited to these choices. Usually, you can determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or the relevant user groups or news groups. The Block Services screen lets you add and block specific Internet services by computers on your network. This is called service blocking or port filtering. To add a service for blocking, first determine which port number or range of numbers the application uses. To block services:
1. Select Advanced > Security > Block Services to display the following screen:
2. Select either Per Schedule or Always to enable service blocking, and click Apply. If you selected Per Schedule, specify a time period in the Schedule screen as described in Schedule Blocking on page 87. Security 85 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 3. Click Add to add a service. The Block Services Setup screen displays:
4. From the Service Type list, select the application or service to allow or block. The list already displays several common services, but you are not limited to these choices. To add any additional services or applications that do not already appear, select User Defined. If you know that the application uses either TCP or UDP, select the appropriate protocol. If you are not sure, select Both. 5. 6. Enter the starting and ending port numbers. If the application uses a single port number, enter that number in both fields. 7. Select the radio button for the IP address configuration you want to block, and enter the IP addresses. You can block the specified service for a single computer, a range of computers with consecutive IP addresses, or all computers on your network. 8. Click Add to enable your Block Services Setup selections. Security 86 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Schedule Blocking You can specify the days and time that you want to block Internet access. To schedule blocking:
1. Select Advanced > Security > Schedule to display the following screen:
2. Set up the schedule for blocking keywords and services. Days to Block. Select days on which you want to apply blocking by selecting the appropriate check boxes, or select Every Day to select the check boxes for all days. Time of Day to Block Select a start and end time in 24-hour format, or select All Day for 24-hour blocking. 3. Select your time zone from the list. If you use daylight savings time, select the Automatically adjust for daylight savings time check box. 4. Click Apply to save your settings. Security 87 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Security Event Email Notifications To receive logs and alerts by email, provide your email information in the Email screen, and specify which alerts you want to receive and how often. To set up email notifications:
1. Select Advanced > Security > Email to display the following screen:
3. 2. To receive email logs and alerts from the router, select the Turn Email Notification On check box. In the Your Outgoing Mail Server field, enter the name of your ISPs outgoing (SMTP) mail server (such as mail.myISP.com). You might be able to find this information in the configuration screen of your email program. If you leave this field blank, no log and alert messages are sent. 4. Enter the email address to which logs and alerts are sent in the Send to This Email Address field. This email address is also used for the From address. If you leave this field blank, log and alert messages are not sent. If your outgoing email server requires authentication, select the My mail server requires authentication check box. Fill in the User Name and Password fields for the outgoing email server. 5. 6. You can have email alerts sent immediately when someone attempts to visit a blocked site, and you can specify that logs are sent automatically. If you select the Weekly, Daily, or Hourly option and the log fills up before the specified period, the log is emailed to the specified email address. After the log is sent, the log is cleared from the routers memory. If the router cannot email the log file, the log buffer might fill up. In this case, the router overwrites the log and discards its contents. 7. Click Apply to save your settings. Security 88 8. Administration Managing your network 8 This chapter describes the router settings for administering and maintaining your router and home network. See Remote Management on page checking the status of your router over the Internet. For information about monitoring Internet traffic, see Traffic Meter on page This chapter includes the following sections:
118 for information about upgrading or 126. Upgrade the Firmware View Router Status View Logs of Web Access or Attempted Web Access Manage the Configuration File Set Password 89 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Upgrade the Firmware The router firmware (routing software) is stored in flash memory. You can update the firmware from the Administration menu on the Advanced tab. You might see a message at the top of the genie screens when new firmware is available for your product. You can use the Check button on the Router Update screen to check and update to the latest firmware for your product if new firmware is available. To check for new firmware and update your router:
1. Select Advanced > Administration > Firmware Upgrade to display the following screen:
2. Click Check. If new firmware is available, the router finds it. 3. Click Yes to update and locate the firmware you downloaded (the file ends in .img). WARNING!
When uploading firmware to the router, do not interrupt the web browser by closing the window, clicking a link, or loading a new page. If the browser is interrupted, it could corrupt the firmware. When the upload is complete, your router restarts. The upgrade process typically takes about 1 minute. Read the new firmware release notes to determine whether you need to reconfigure the router after upgrading. Administration 90 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 View Router Status To view router status and usage information, select Advanced Home or select Administration > Router Status to display the following screen:
Router Information Hardware Version. The router model. Firmware Version. The version of the router firmware. It changes if you upgrade the router firmware. GUI Language Version. The localized language of the user interface. LAN Port. MAC Address. The Media Access Control address. This is the unique physical address that the Ethernet (LAN) port of the router uses. IP Address. The IP address that the Ethernet (LAN) port of the router uses. The default is 192.168.1.1. DHCP Server. Identifies whether the routers built-in DHCP server is active for devices on the LAN. Administration 91 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Internet Port (WAN) Setup MAC Address. The Media Access Control address, which is the unique physical address that the Internet (WAN) port of the router uses. IP Address. The IP address that the Internet (WAN) port of the router uses. If no address is shown or the address is 0.0.0, the router cannot connect to the Internet. Connection. This shows if the router is using a fixed IP address on the WAN. If the value is DHCP Client, the router obtains an IP address dynamically from the ISP. IP Subnet Mask. The IP subnet mask that the Internet (WAN) port of the router uses. Domain Name Server. The Domain Name Server addresses that the router uses. A Domain Name Server translates human-language URLs such as www.netgear.com into IP addresses. Statistics Button On the Router Status screen, in the Internet Port pane, click the Show Statistics button to display the following screen:
Figure 7. System up time and poll interval statistics System Up Time. The time elapsed since the router was last restarted. Port. The statistics for the WAN (Internet) and LAN (Ethernet) ports. For each port, the screen displays:
Status. The link status of the port. TxPkts. The number of packets transmitted on this port since reset or manual clear. RxPkts. The number of packets received on this port since reset or manual clear. Collisions. The number of collisions on this port since reset or manual clear. Tx B/s. The current transmission (outbound) bandwidth used on the WAN and LAN ports. Rx B/s. The current reception (inbound) bandwidth used on the WAN and LAN ports. Up Time. The time elapsed since this port acquired the link. Poll Interval. The interval at which the statistics are updated in this screen. To change the polling frequency, enter a time in seconds in the Poll Interval field, and click Set Interval. Administration 92 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 To stop the polling entirely, click Stop. Connection Status Button On the Router Status screen in the Internet Port pane, click the Connection Status button to view connection status information. Figure 8. View connection status information The Release button returns the status of all items to 0. The Renew button refreshes the items. The Close Window button closes the Connection Status screen. IP Address. The IP address that is assigned to the router. Subnet Mask. The subnet mask that is assigned to the router. Default Gateway. The IP address for the default gateway that the router communicates with. DHCP Server. The IP address for the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol server that provides the TCP/IP configuration for all the computers that are connected to the router. DNS Server. The IP address of the Domain Name Service server that provides translation of network names to IP addresses. Lease Obtained. The date and time when the lease was obtained. Lease Expires. The date and time that the lease expires. Administration 93 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Wireless Settings (2.4 GHz and 5 GHz) The following settings are displayed:
Name (SSID). The wireless network name (SSID) that the router uses. The default name for 5 GHz ends in -5G to distinguish it from the 2.4 GHz network. Region. The geographic region where the router is being used. It might be illegal to use the wireless features of the router in some parts of the world. Channel. Identifies the operating channel of the wireless port being used. The default channel is Auto. When Auto is selected, the router finds the best operating channel available. If you notice interference from nearby devices, you can select a different channel. Channels 1, 6, and 11 do not interfere with each other. Mode. Indicates the wireless communication mode: Up to 54 Mbps, Up to 217 Mbps
(default), or Up to 1300 Mbps. Wireless AP. Indicates whether the radio feature of the router is enabled. If this feature is not enabled, the Wireless LED on the front panel is off. Broadcast Name. Indicates whether the router is broadcasting its SSID. Wireless Isolation. Select this check box only if you want to prevent wireless connections to the router. Wi-Fi Protected Setup. Indicates whether Wi-Fi Protected Setup is configured for this network. Administration 94 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 View Logs of Web Access or Attempted Web Access The log is a detailed record of the websites you have accessed or attempted to access. Up to 256 entries are stored in the log. Log entries appear only when keyword blocking is enabled and no log entries are made for the trusted user. Select Advanced > Administration > Logs. The Logs screen displays. The log screen shows the following information:
Date and time. The date and time the log entry was recorded. Source IP. The IP address of the initiating device for this log entry. Target address. The name or IP address of the website or news group visited or to which access was attempted. Action. Whether the access was blocked or allowed. To refresh the log screen, click the Refresh button. To clear the log entries, click the Clear Log button. To email the log immediately, click the Send Log button. Administration 95 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Manage the Configuration File The configuration settings of the CENTRIA are stored within the router in a configuration file. You can back up (save) this file to your computer, restore it, or reset it to the factory default settings. Note: For information about backing up your computer onto the routers internal hard disk drive (HDD) or onto a USB device attached to the router USB port, see Back Up Your Computers on page 63. Back Up Settings To back up the routers configuration settings:
1. Select Advanced > Administration > Backup Settings to display the following screen:
2. Click Back Up to save a copy of the current settings. 3. Choose a location to store the .cfg file that is on a computer on your network. Restore Configuration Settings To restore configuration settings that you backed up:
1. Enter the full path to the file on your network or click the Browse button to find the file. 2. When you have located the .cfg file, click the Restore button to upload the file to the router. Upon completion, the router reboots. WARNING!
Do not interrupt the reboot process. Administration 96 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Erase Under some circumstances, you might want to erase the configuration and restore the factory default settings. Some examples are if you move the router to a different network or if you have forgotten the password. You can use the Reset button on the back of the router (see Factory Settings on page or you can click the Erase button in this screen. Erase sets the user name to admin, the password to password, and the LAN IP address to 192.168.1.1, and enables the routers DHCP. 139), Set Password This feature allows you to change the default password that is used to log in to the router with the user name admin. This is not the same as changing the password for wireless access. The label on the bottom of your router shows your unique wireless network name (SSID) and password for wireless access (see Label on page 11). To set the password for the user name admin:
1. Select Advanced > Administration > Set Password to display the following screen:
2. Type the old password and type the new password twice in the fields on this screen. 3. If you want to be able to recover the password, select the Enable Password Recovery check box. 4. Click Apply so that your changes take effect. Password Recovery NETGEAR recommends that you enable password recovery if you change the password for the routers user name of admin. Then if you forget the password, you will have an easy way to recover it. This recovery process is supported in Internet Explorer, Firefox, and Chrome browsers, but not in the Safari browser. To set up password recovery:
1. Select the Enable Password Recovery check box. 2. Select two security questions and provide answers to them. Administration 97 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 3. Click Apply to save your changes. When you use your browser to access the router, the login window displays. If password recovery is enabled, when you click Cancel, the password recovery process starts. You can then enter the saved answers to the security questions to recover the password. Administration 98 9. Advanced Settings Customize your network 9 This chapter describes the advanced features of your router. The information is for readers with advanced networking knowledge who want to set the router up for unique situations such as when remote access from the Internet by IP or domain name is needed. This chapter includes the following sections:
Advanced Wireless Settings Wireless AP Wireless Repeating Function (WDS) Port Forwarding and Triggering Set Up Port Forwarding to Local Servers Set Up Port Triggering Dynamic DNS Static Routes Remote Management USB Settings Universal Plug and Play IPv6 Traffic Meter 99 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Advanced Wireless Settings Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Wireless Settings to display the following screen:
The following settings are available in this screen:
Enable Wireless Router Radio. You can completely turn off the wireless portion of the wireless router by clearing this check box. Select this check box again to enable the wireless portion of the router. When the wireless radio is disabled, other members of your household can use the router by connecting their computers to the router with an Ethernet cable. Enable 20/40 MHz Coexistence. This is for the 2.4 GHz band only. The 20/40 MHz coexistence function is enabled by default, which is required for Wi-Fi certification. CENTRIA can run in either 40 MHz mode or 20 MHz mode. When this check box is selected, CENTRIA runs in 40 MHz mode unless there is another nearby WiFi network in the area already running in 40 MHz mode. If that happens, CENTRIA runs in 20 MHz mode to coexist with that network. If you want CENTRIA to always run in 40 MHz mode, clear this check box and click Apply. Note: The Fragmentation Length, CTS/RTS Threshold, and Preamble Mode options are reserved for wireless testing and advanced configuration only. Do not change these settings. Advanced Settings 100 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Turn off wireless signal by schedule. You can use this feature to turn off the wireless signal from your router at times when you do not need a wireless connection. For example, you could turn it off for the weekend if you leave town. WPS Settings.You can add WPS devices to your network. AP Mode. You can set up the CENTRIA as a wireless AP (access point). See Wireless AP on page Wireless Card Access List. Click the Set Up Access List button display the Wireless Card Access List screen. You can restrict access to your network to specific devices based on their MAC address. 102. Restrict Wireless Access by MAC Address You can set up a list of computers and wireless devices that are allowed to join the wireless network. This list is based on the unique MAC address of each computer and device. Each network device has a MAC address, which is a unique 12-character physical address, containing the hexadecimal characters 09, af, or AF only, and separated by colons (for example, 00:09:AB:CD:EF:01). Typically, the MAC address is on the label of the wireless card or network interface device. If you do not have access to the label, you can display the MAC address using the network configuration utilities of the computer. You might also find the MAC addresses in the Attached Devices screen. To restrict access based on MAC addresses:
1. On the Advanced Wireless Settings screen, click the Setup Access List to display the Wireless Card Access List. 2. Click Add to add a wireless device to the wireless access control list. The Wireless Card Access Setup screen opens and displays a list of currently active wireless cards and their Ethernet MAC addresses. If the computer or device you want is in the Available Wireless Cards list, select that radio button; otherwise, type a name and the MAC address. You can usually find the MAC address on the bottom of the wireless device. 3. Tip: You can copy and paste the MAC addresses from the Attached Devices screen into the MAC Address field of this screen. To do this, use each wireless computer to join the wireless network. The computer should then appear in the Attached Devices screen. 4. Click Add to add this wireless device to the Wireless Card Access List. The screen changes back to the list screen. 5. Add each computer or device you want to allow to connect wirelessly. 6. Select the Turn Access Control On check box. 7. Click Apply. Advanced Settings 101 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Wireless AP The CENTRIA can be configured as a wireless AP. This mode lets you add a second router to your network. To use the wireless AP feature, you need two routers: one set up as a router and the other set up as a wireless AP. For example, you could install the first router in a room like a home office that has your Internet connection. Then, set up the second router as a wireless AP. Place the router that is an AP in a different room that has your home entertainment center. Cable the router that is a wireless AP to your Smart TV, DVR, game console or Blu-ray player, and then use its 802.11ac WiFi connection to the first router. To set up a router as a wireless access point:
1. Make sure that your router has an Internet connection and that wireless devices can connect to it. 2. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Wireless AP. 3. Select the Enable Access Point Mode radio button. 4. Click Apply. Advanced Settings 102 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Wireless Repeating Function (WDS) You can set the CENTRIA up to be used as a wireless access point (AP). Doing this enables the router to act as a wireless repeater. A wireless repeater connects to another wireless router as a client where the network to which it connects becomes the ISP service. Wireless repeating is a type of Wireless Distribution System (WDS). A WDS allows a wireless network to be expanded through multiple access points instead of using a wired backbone to link them. The following figure shows a wireless repeating scenario. Repeater access point Base station access point Figure 9. Wireless repeating scenario Note: If you use the wireless repeating function, you need to select either WEP or None as a security option in the Wireless Settings screen. The WEP option displays only if you select the wireless mode Up to 54 Mbps in the Wireless Settings screen. Wireless base station. The router acts as the parent access point, bridging traffic to and from the child repeater access point. The base station also handles wireless and wired local computers. To configure this mode, you have to know the MAC addresses of the child repeater access point. Wireless repeater. The router sends all traffic from its local wireless or wired computers to a remote access point. To configure this mode, you have to know the MAC address of the remote parent access point. Advanced Settings 103 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 The router is always in dual-band concurrent mode, unless you turn off one radio. If you enable the wireless repeater in either radio band, the wireless base station or wireless repeater cannot be enabled in the other radio band. However, if you enable the wireless base station in either radio band and use the other radio band as a wireless router or wireless base station, dual-band concurrent mode is not affected. For you to set up a wireless network with WDS, both access points must meet the following conditions:
Both access points have to use the same SSID, wireless channel, and encryption mode. Both access points have to be on the same LAN IP subnet. That is, all the access point LAN IP addresses are in the same network. All LAN devices (wired and wireless computers) are configured to operate in the same LAN network address range as the access points. To view or change the Wireless Repeating Function settings:
Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Wireless Repeating to view or change wireless repeater settings for the router. Scroll to view more settings GHz or 5 GHz The following settings are available:
Enable Wireless Repeating Function. Select the check box for the 2.4 network to use the wireless repeating function. Wireless MAC of this router. This field displays the MAC address for your router for your reference. You need to enter this MAC address in the corresponding Wireless Repeating Function screen of the other access point you are using. Wireless Repeater. If your router is the repeater, select this check box. Advanced Settings 104 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Repeater IP Address. If your router is the repeater, enter the IP address of the other access point. Disable Wireless Client Association. If your router is the repeater, selecting this check box means that wireless clients cannot associate with it. Only LAN client associations are allowed.
If you are setting up a point-to-point bridge, select this check box. If you want all client traffic to go through the other access point (repeater with wireless client association), leave this check box cleared. Base Station MAC Address. If your router is the repeater, enter the MAC address for the access point that is the base station. Wireless Base Station. If your router is the base station, select this check box. Disable Wireless Client Association. If your router is the base station, selecting this check box means that wireless clients cannot associate with it. Only LAN client associations are allowed. Repeater MAC Address (1 through 4). If your router is the base station, it can act as the parent of up to four other access points. Enter the MAC addresses of the other access points in these fields. Set Up the Base Station The wireless repeating function works only in hub and spoke mode. The units cannot be daisy-chained. You have to know the wireless settings for both units. You have to know the MAC address of the remote unit. First, set up the base station, and then set up the repeater. To set up the base station:
1. Set up both units with the same wireless settings (SSID, mode, channel, and security). The wireless security option must be set to None or WEP. Advanced Settings 105 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 2. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Wireless Repeating Function to display the Wireless Repeating Function screen. Scroll to view more settings 3. Select the Enable Wireless Repeating Function check box and select the Wireless Base Station radio button. 4. Enter the MAC address for one or more repeater units. 5. Click Apply to save your changes. Set Up a Repeater Unit Use a wired Ethernet connection to set up the repeater unit to avoid conflicts with the wireless connection to the base station. Note: If you are using the WNDR4700/WNDR4720 base station with a non-NETGEAR router as the repeater, you might need to change additional configuration settings. In particular, you should disable the DHCP server function on the wireless repeater AP. To configure the router as a repeater unit:
1. Log in to the router that will be the repeater. 2. Select Basic > Wireless Settings and verify that the wireless settings match the base unit exactly. The wireless security option must be set to None or WEP. 3. Select Advanced > Wireless Repeating Function, and select the Enable Wireless Repeating Function check box and the Wireless Repeater radio button. Advanced Settings 106 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 4. Fill in the Repeater IP Address field. This IP address must be in the same subnet as the base station, but different from the LAN IP address of the base station. 5. Click Apply to save your changes. 6. Verify connectivity across the LANs. A computer on any wireless or wired LAN segment of the router can connect to the Internet or share files and printers with any other wireless or wired computer or server connected to the other access point. Port Forwarding and Triggering By default, the router blocks inbound traffic from the Internet to your computers except replies to your outbound traffic. You might need to create exceptions to this rule for these purposes:
To allow remote computers on the Internet to access a server on your local network. To allow certain applications and games to work correctly when your router does not recognize their replies. Your router provides two features for creating these exceptions: port forwarding and port triggering. The next sections provide background information to help you understand how port forwarding and port triggering work, and the differences between the two. Remote Computer Access Basics When a computer on your network needs to access a computer on the Internet, your computer sends your router a message containing the source and destination address and process information. Before forwarding your message to the remote computer, your router has to modify the source information and create and track the communication session so that replies can be routed back to your computer. Here is an example of normal outbound traffic and the resulting inbound responses:
1. You open a browser and your operating system assigns port number 5678 to this browser session. 2. You type http://www.example.com into the URL field, and your computer creates a web page request message with the following address and port information. The request message is sent to your router. Source address. Your computers IP address. Source port number. 5678, which is the browser session. Destination address. The IP address of www.example.com, which your computer finds by asking a DNS server. Destination port number. 80, which is the standard port number for a web server process. 3. Your router creates an entry in its internal session table describing this communication session between your computer and the web server at www.example.com. Before sending Advanced Settings 107 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 the web page request message to www.example.com, your router stores the original information and then modifies the source information in the request message, performing Network Address Translation (NAT):
The source address is replaced with your routers public IP address. This is necessary because your computer uses a private IP address that is not globally unique and cannot be used on the Internet. The source port number is changed to a number chosen by the router, such as 33333. This is necessary because two computers could independently be using the same session number. Your router then sends this request message through the Internet to the web server at www.example.com. 4. The web server at www.example.com composes a return message with the requested web page data. The return message contains the following address and port information. The web server then sends this reply message to your router. Source address. The IP address of www.example.com. Source port number. 80, which is the standard port number for a web server process. Destination address. The public IP address of your router. Destination port number. 33333. 5. Upon receiving the incoming message, your router checks its session table to determine whether there is an active session for port number 33333. Finding an active session, the router then modifies the message to restore the original address information replaced by NAT. Your router sends this reply message to your computer, which displays the web page from www.example.com. The message now contains the following address and port information. Source address. The IP address of www.example.com. Source port number. 80, which is the standard port number for a web server process. Destination address. Your computers IP address. Destination port number. 5678, which is the browser session that made the initial request. 6. When you finish your browser session, your router eventually detects a period of inactivity in the communications. Your router then removes the session information from its session table, and incoming traffic is no longer accepted on port number 33333. Port Triggering to Open Incoming Ports In the preceding example, requests are sent to a remote computer by your router from a particular service port number. Replies from the remote computer to your router are directed to that port number. If the remote server sends a reply to a different port number, your router does not recognize it and discards it. However, some application servers (such as FTP and IRC servers) send replies to multiple port numbers. Using the port triggering function of your Advanced Settings 108 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 router, you can tell the router to open additional incoming ports when a particular outgoing port originates a session. An example is Internet Relay Chat (IRC). Your computer connects to an IRC server at destination port 6667. The IRC server not only responds to your originating source port, but also sends an identify message to your computer on port 113. Using port triggering, you can tell the router, When you initiate a session with destination port 6667, you have to also allow incoming traffic on port 113 to reach the originating computer. Using steps similar to the preceding example, the following sequence shows the effects of the port triggering rule you have defined:
1. You open an IRC client program to start a chat session on your computer. 2. Your IRC client composes a request message to an IRC server using a destination port number of 6667, the standard port number for an IRC server process. Your computer then sends this request message to your router. 3. Your router creates an entry in its internal session table describing this communication session between your computer and the IRC server. Your router stores the original information, performs Network Address Translation (NAT) on the source address and port, and sends this request message through the Internet to the IRC server. 4. Noting your port triggering rule and having observed the destination port number of 6667, your router creates an additional session entry to send any incoming port 113 traffic to your computer. 5. The IRC server sends a return message to your router using the NAT-assigned source port (as in the previous example, say port 33333) as the destination port. The IRC server also sends an identify message to your router with destination port 113. 6. Upon receiving the incoming message to destination port 33333, your router checks its session table to determine whether there is an active session for port number 33333. Finding an active session, the router restores the original address information replaced by NAT and sends this reply message to your computer. 7. Upon receiving the incoming message to destination port 113, your router checks its session table and learns that there is an active session for port 113, associated with your computer. The router replaces the messages destination IP address with your computers IP address and forwards the message to your computer. 8. When you finish your chat session, your router eventually senses a period of inactivity in the communications. The router then removes the session information from its session table, and incoming traffic is no longer accepted on port numbers 33333 or 113. To configure port triggering, you need to know which inbound ports the application needs. Also, you need to know the number of the outbound port that will trigger the opening of the inbound ports. Usually, you can determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or the relevant user groups or news groups. Note: Only one computer at a time can use the triggered application. Advanced Settings 109 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Port Forwarding to Permit External Host Communications In both of the preceding examples, your computer initiates an application session with a server computer on the Internet. However, you might need to allow a client computer on the Internet to initiate a connection to a server computer on your network. Normally, your router ignores any inbound traffic that is not a response to your own outbound traffic. You can configure exceptions to this default rule by using the port forwarding feature. A typical application of port forwarding can be shown by reversing the client-server relationship from the previous web server example. In this case, a remote computers browser needs to access a web server running on a computer in your local network. Using port forwarding, you can tell the router, When you receive incoming traffic on port 80 (the standard port number for a web server process), forward it to the local computer at 192.168.1.123. The following sequence shows the effects of the port forwarding rule you have defined:
1. The user of a remote computer opens a browser and requests a web page from www.example.com, which resolves to the public IP address of your router. The remote computer composes a web page request message with the following destination information:
Destination address. The IP address of www.example.com, which is the address of your router. Destination port number. 80, which is the standard port number for a web server process. The remote computer then sends this request message through the Internet to your router. 2. Your router receives the request message and looks in its rules table for any rules covering the disposition of incoming port 80 traffic. Your port forwarding rule specifies that incoming port 80 traffic should be forwarded to local IP address 192.168.1.123. Therefore, your router modifies the destination information in the request message:
The destination address is replaced with 192.168.1.123. Your router then sends this request message to your local network. 3. Your web server at 192.168.1.123 receives the request and composes a return message with the requested web page data. Your web server then sends this reply message to your router. 4. Your router performs NAT on the source IP address, and sends this request message through the Internet to the remote computer, which displays the web page from www.example.com. To configure port forwarding, you need to know which inbound ports the application needs. Usually, you can determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or the relevant user groups or news groups. Advanced Settings 110 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 How Port Forwarding Differs from Port Triggering The following points summarize the differences between port forwarding and port triggering:
Port triggering can be used by any computer on your network, although only one computer can use it at a time. Port forwarding is configured for a single computer on your network. Port triggering does not require that you know the computers IP address in advance. The IP address is captured automatically. Port forwarding requires that you specify the computers IP address during configuration, and the IP address can never change. Port triggering requires specific outbound traffic to open the inbound ports, and the triggered ports are closed after a period of no activity. Port forwarding is always active and does not need to be triggered. Set Up Port Forwarding to Local Servers Using the port forwarding feature, you can allow certain types of incoming traffic to reach servers on your local network. For example, you might want to make a local web server, FTP server, or game server visible and available to the Internet. Use the Port Forwarding screen to configure the router to forward specific incoming protocols to computers on your local network. In addition to servers for specific applications, you can also specify a default DMZ server to which all other incoming protocols are forwarded. Before starting, determine which type of service, application, or game you want to provide. Find out the local IP address of the computer that will provide the service. The server computer has to always have the same IP address. To set up port forwarding:
Tip: To ensure that your server computer always has the same IP address, use the reserved IP address feature of your CENTRIA. 1. Select Advanced Setup > Port Forwarding/Port Triggering to display the following screen:
Advanced Settings 111 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Port Forwarding is selected as the service type. 2. From the Service Name list, select the service or game that you will host on your network. If the service does not appear in the list, see Add a Custom Service on page In the corresponding Server IP Address field, enter the last digit of the IP address of your local computer that will provide this service. 112. 3. 4. Click Add. The service appears in the list in the screen. Add a Custom Service To define a service, game, or application that does not appear in the Service Name list, first determine which port number or range of numbers the application uses. Usually, you can determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or the relevant user groups or news groups. To add a custom service:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Port Forwarding/Port Triggering. 2. Select Port Forwarding as the service type. 3. Click the Add Custom Service button to display the following screen:
In the Service Name field, enter a descriptive name. In the Protocol list, select the protocol. If you are unsure, select TCP/UDP. 4. 5. 6. Specify the port settings:
External Starting Port and External Ending Port. These are the starting number and ending number for the public ports at the Internet interface. For single port forwarding, number in the External Starting Port and External Ending Port fields can be the same. The range is from 1 to 65534. Use the same port range for Internal port. This check box is selected by default. If you want to use different ports, clear this check box and specify the internal ports. Internal Starting Port and Internal Ending Port. These are the starting number and ending number for the ports of a computer on the routers local area network (LAN). These are private ports. The router calculates the internal ending port. Advanced Settings 112 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 7. In the Internal IP Address field, enter the IP address of your local computer that will provide this service. 8. Click Apply. The service appears in the list in the Port Forwarding/Port Triggering screen. Edit or Delete a Port Forwarding Entry To edit or delete a port forwarding entry:
1. In the table, select the radio button next to the service name. 2. Click Edit Service or Delete Service. Application Example: Making a Local Web Server Public If you host a web server on your local network, you can use port forwarding to allow web requests from anyone on the Internet to reach your web server. To make a local web server public:
1. Assign your web server either a fixed IP address or a dynamic IP address using DHCP address reservation. In this example, your router always gives your web server an IP address of 192.168.1.33. In the Port Forwarding/Port Triggering screen, configure the router to forward the HTTP service to the local address of your web server at 192.168.1.33. HTTP (port 80) is the standard protocol for web servers. 2. 3. (Optional) Register a host name with a Dynamic DNS service, and configure your router to use the name as described in Dynamic DNS on page 115. To access your web server from the Internet, a remote user has to know the IP address that your ISP assigned. However, if you use a Dynamic DNS service, the remote user can reach your server by a user-friendly Internet name, such as mynetgear.dyndns.org. Set Up Port Triggering Port triggering is a dynamic extension of port forwarding that is useful in these cases:
More than one local computer needs port forwarding for the same application (but not simultaneously). An application needs to open incoming ports that are different from the outgoing port. When port triggering is enabled, the router monitors outbound traffic looking for a specified outbound trigger port. When the router detects outbound traffic on that port, it remembers the IP address of the local computer that sent the data. The router then temporarily opens the specified incoming port or ports, and forwards incoming traffic on the triggered ports to the triggering computer. Port forwarding creates a static mapping of a port number or range to a single local computer. Port triggering can dynamically open ports to any computer that needs them and can close the ports when they are no longer needed. Advanced Settings 113 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Note: If you use applications such as multiplayer gaming, peer-to-peer connections, real-time communications such as instant messaging, or remote assistance (a feature in Windows XP), you should also enable Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) according to the instructions in Universal Plug and Play on page 119. To configure port triggering, you need to know which inbound ports the application needs, and the number of the outbound port that will trigger the opening of the inbound ports. Usually, you can determine this information by contacting the publisher of the application or the relevant user groups or news groups. To set up port triggering:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Port Forwarding/Port Triggering. 2. Select the Port Triggering radio button to display the port triggering information. 3. Clear the Disable Port Triggering check box if it is selected. If the Disable Port Triggering check box is selected after you configure Note:
port triggering, port triggering is disabled. However, any port triggering configuration information you added to the router is retained even though it is not used. 4. In the Port Triggering Timeout field, enter a value up to 9999 minutes. This value controls the inactivity timer for the designated inbound ports. The inbound ports close when the inactivity time expires. This is required because the router cannot be sure when the application has terminated. Advanced Settings 114 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 5. Click Add Service to display the following screen:
6. 7. In the Service Name field, type a descriptive service name. In the Service User list, select Any (the default) to allow this service to be used by any computer on the Internet. Otherwise, select Single address, and enter the IP address of one computer to restrict the service to a particular computer. 8. Select the service type, either TCP or UDP or both (TCP/UDP). If you are not sure, select TCP/UDP. In the Triggering Port field, enter the number of the outbound traffic port that you want to cause the inbound ports to open. 9. 10. Enter the inbound connection port information in the Connection Type, Starting Port, and Ending Port fields. 11. Click Apply. The service appears in the Port Triggering Portmap table. Dynamic DNS If your Internet service provider (ISP) gave you a permanently assigned IP address, you can register a domain name and have that name linked with your IP address by public Domain Name Servers (DNS). However, if your Internet account uses a dynamically assigned IP address, you do not know in advance what your IP address will be, and the address can change frequently. In this case, you can use a commercial Dynamic DNS service. This type of service lets you register your domain to their IP address and forwards traffic directed at your domain to your frequently changing IP address. If your ISP assigns a private WAN IP address (such as 192.168.x.x or 10.x.x.x), the Dynamic DNS service does not work because private addresses are not routed on the Internet. Your router contains a client that can connect to the Dynamic DNS service provided by DynDNS.org. First visit their website at http://www.dyndns.org and obtain an account and host name that you configure in the router. Then, whenever your ISP-assigned IP address changes, your router contacts the Dynamic DNS service provider, logs in to your account, and registers your new IP address. If your host name is hostname, for example, you can reach your router at http://hostname.dyndns.org. Advanced Settings 115 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 On the Advanced tab, select Advanced Setup > Dynamic DNS to display the following screen:
To set up Dynamic DNS:
1. Register for an account with one of the Dynamic DNS service providers whose names appear in the Service Provider list. 2. Select the Use a Dynamic DNS Service check box. 3. Select the web address of your Dynamic DNS service provider. For example, for DynDNS.org, select www.dyndns.org. 4. Type the host name (or domain name) that your Dynamic DNS service provider gave you. 5. Type the user name for your Dynamic DNS account. This is the name that you use to log in to your account, not your host name. 6. Type the password (or key) for your Dynamic DNS account. 7. If your Dynamic DNS provider allows the use of wildcards in resolving your URL, you can select the Use Wildcards check box to activate this feature. For example, the wildcard feature causes *.yourhost.dyndns.org to be aliased to the same IP address as yourhost.dyndns.org. 8. Click Apply to save your configuration. Static Routes Static routes provide additional routing information to your router. Typically, you do not need to add static routes. You have to configure static routes only for unusual cases such as multiple routers or multiple IP subnets on your network. As an example of when a static route is needed, consider the following case:
Your primary Internet access is through a cable modem to an ISP. You have an ISDN router on your home network for connecting to the company where you are employed. This routers address on your LAN is 192.168.1.100. Your companys network address is 134.177.0.0. When you first configured your router, two implicit static routes were created. A default route was created with your ISP as the gateway, and a second static route was created to your local network for all 192.168.1.x addresses. With this configuration, if you attempt to access a device on the 134.177.0.0 network, your router forwards your request to the ISP. The ISP Advanced Settings 116 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 forwards your request to the company where you are employed, and the request is likely to be denied by the companys firewall. In this case you have to define a static route, telling your router that 134.177.0.0 should be accessed through the ISDN router at 192.168.1.100. In this example:
The Destination IP Address and IP Subnet Mask fields specify that this static route applies to all 134.177.x.x addresses. The Gateway IP Address field specifies that all traffic for these addresses should be forwarded to the ISDN router at 192.168.1.100. A metric value of 1 works since the ISDN router is on the LAN. Private is selected only as a precautionary security measure in case RIP is activated. To set up a static route:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Static Routes, and click Add to display the following screen:
In the Route Name field, type a name for this static route (for identification purposes only.) 2. 3. Select the Private check box if you want to limit access to the LAN only. If Private is selected, the static route is not reported in RIP. 4. Select the Active check box to make this route effective. 5. Type the IP address of the final destination. 6. Type the IP subnet mask for this destination. If the destination is a single host, type 255.255.255.255. 7. Type the gateway IP address, which has to be a router on the same LAN segment as the router. 8. Type a number from 1 through 15 as the metric value. This value represents the number of routers between your network and the destination. Usually, a setting of 2 or 3 works, but if this is a direct connection, set it to 1. 9. Click Apply to add the static route. Advanced Settings 117 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Remote Management The remote management feature lets you upgrade or check the status of your CENTRIA over the Internet. To set up remote management:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > Remote Management. Be sure to change the routers default login password to a secure Note:
password. The ideal password contains no dictionary words from any language and contains uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and symbols. It can be up to 30 characters. 2. Select the Turn Remote Management On check box. 3. Under Allow Remote Access By, specify the external IP addresses to be allowed to access the routers remote management. For enhanced security, restrict access to as few external IP addresses as practical. To allow access from a single IP address on the Internet, select Only This Computer. Enter the IP address that will be allowed access. To allow access from a range of IP addresses on the Internet, select IP Address Range. Enter a beginning and ending IP address to define the allowed range. To allow access from any IP address on the Internet, select Everyone. 4. Specify the port number for accessing the management interface. Normal web browser access uses the standard HTTP service port 80. For greater security, enter a custom port number for the remote web management interface. Choose a number from 1024 to 65535, but do not use the number of any common service port. The default is 8080, which is a common alternate for HTTP. 5. Click Apply to have your changes take effect. 6. When accessing your router from the Internet, type your routers WAN IP address into your browsers address or location field followed by a colon (:) and the custom port number. For example, if your external address is 134.177.0.123 and you use port number 8080, enter http://134.177.0.123:8080 in your browser. Advanced Settings 118 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 USB Settings For added security, the router can be set up to share only approved USB devices. See Specify Approved USB Devices on page 60 for the procedure. Universal Plug and Play Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) helps devices, such as Internet appliances and computers, access the network and connect to other devices as needed. UPnP devices can automatically discover the services from other registered UPnP devices on the network. If you use applications such as multiplayer gaming, peer-to-peer connections, or real-time communications such as instant messaging or remote assistance (a feature in Windows XP), you should enable UPnP. To turn on Universal Plug and Play:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > UPnP. The UPnP screen displays. 2. The available settings and information in this screen are:
Turn UPnP On. UPnP can be enabled or disabled for automatic device configuration. The default setting for UPnP is disabled. If this check box is not selected, the router does not allow any device to automatically control the resources, such as port forwarding
(mapping) of the router. Advertisement Period. The advertisement period is how often the router broadcasts its UPnP information. This value can range from 1 to 1440 minutes. The default period is 30 minutes. Shorter durations ensure that control points have current device status at the expense of additional network traffic. Longer durations can compromise the freshness of the device status, but can significantly reduce network traffic. Advertisement Time to Live. The time to live for the advertisement is measured in hops
(steps) for each UPnP packet sent. The time to live hop count is the number of steps a broadcast packet is allowed to propagate for each UPnP advertisement before it disappears. The number of hops can range from 1 to 255. The default value for the advertisement time to live is 4 hops, which is fine for most home networks. If you notice that some devices are not being updated or reached correctly, then it might be necessary to increase this value. Advanced Settings 119 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 UPnP Portmap Table. The UPnP Portmap Table displays the IP address of each UPnP device that is currently accessing the router and which ports (internal and external) that device has opened. The UPnP Portmap Table also displays what type of port is open and whether that port is still active for each IP address. 3. Click Apply to save your settings. IPv6 You can use this feature to set up an IPv6 Internet connection type if genie does not detect it automatically. To set up an IPv6 Internet connection type:
1. Select Advanced > Advanced Setup > IPv6 to display the following screen:
2. Select the IPv6 connection type from the list. Your Internet service provider (ISP) can provide this information. If your ISP did not provide details, you can select IPv6 Tunnel. If you are not sure, select Auto Detect so that the router detects the IPv6 type that is in use. If your Internet connection does not use PPPoE, DHCP, or fixed, but is IPv6, select Auto Config. For more detailed information about Internet connection types, see the following sections. 3. Click Apply so that your changes take effect. Advanced Settings 120 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Auto Detect Fields In the IPv6 screen, when you select Auto Detect from the drop-down list, the following screen displays. The Connection Type field indicates the connection type detected. The following fields are also included in this screen:
IPv6 LAN Setup Router's IPv6 Address on WAN. The IPv6 address acquired for the router's WAN (or Internet) interface. The number after the slash ('/') is the length of the prefix, which is also roughly indicated by the underline ('_') under the IPv6 address. Router's IPv6 Address on LAN. The IPv6 address acquired for the router's LAN interface. The number after the slash ('/') is the length of the prefix, which is also roughly indicated by the underline ('_') under the IPv6 address. IP Address Assignment. You can select how you want to assign IPv6 address to the devices on your home network (the LAN). You can select either DHCP Server or Auto Config to assign an IPv6 address. Using DHCP Server might pass more information to LAN devices, but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCv6 client function. Auto Config is selected by default. Use This Interface ID. You can enable this option and specify the interface ID that you want for the IPv6 address for the router's LAN interface. If you do not specify an ID here, the router generates one automatically from its MAC address. IPv6 Filtering When the connection type is not IPv6 Pass Through or Disabled, the router starts the SPI firewall function on the WAN interface. The router creates connection records and checks every inbound IPv6 packet. If the inbound packet is not destined to the router itself and the router does expect to receive such a packet, or the packet is not in the connection record, the Advanced Settings 121 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 router blocks this packet. This function has two modes. The default is Secured mode, which checks both TCP and UDP packets. For Open mode, the checking is applied only to the UDP connection. Auto Config In the IPv6 screen, when you select Auto Config from the drop-down list, the following screen displays. The following fields are included in this screen:
DHCP User Class. Most people do not need to fill in this field, but if your ISP has given you a specific host name, enter it here. DHCP Domain Name. This is not needed for most connections. You can type the domain name of your ISP. For example, if your ISP's mail server is mail.xxx.yyy.zzz, you would type xxx.yyy.zzz as the domain name. If your ISP provided you with a domain name, type it in this field. For example, Earthlink Cable might require a host name of home and Comcast sometimes supplies a domain name. This is the domain name for the IPv6 connection. Do not enter the domain name for the IPv4 connection here. The other settings are the same as Auto Detect mode. See IPv6 LAN Setup and IPv6 Filtering on page 121. Advanced Settings 122 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 6to4 Tunnel In the IPv6 screen, when you select 6to4 Tunnel from the drop-down list, the following screen displays. The following fields are included in this screen:
Remote 6to4 Relay Router. The remote relay router to which your router creates the 6to4 tunnel. If your ISP provides the address of its own relay router, you can put it here. You can also leave it as Auto and the router uses any remote relay router that is available. The 6to4 tunnel connection needs the IPv4 Internet connection to be working first. The other settings are the same as Auto Detect mode. See IPv6 LAN Setup and IPv6 Filtering on page 121 Pass Through In this mode, the router works as a layer 2 Ethernet switch with 2 ports (LAN and WAN Ethernet ports) for IPv6 packets. The router does not process any IPv6header packets. Advanced Settings 123 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Fixed In the IPv6 screen, when you select Fixed from the drop-down list, the following screen displays. The following fields are included in this screen:
IPv6 Fixed WAN Setup IPv6 Address/Prefix Length. The IPv6 address and prefix length of the router's WAN interface. Default IPv6 Gateway. The IPv6 address of the default IPv6 gateway, which is supposed to be on the router's WAN interface. Primary/Secondary DNS Server. The DNS servers that resolve IPv6 domain name records for you. If these fields are not specified, the router uses the DNS server configured for the IPv4 Internet connection on the Internet Settings screen. (See Internet Setup on page 27.) IP Address Assignment. You can select how you want to assign IPv6 addresses to the devices on your home network (the LAN). You can use either DHCP Server or Auto Config to assign IPv6 address. Using DHCP Server might pass more information to LAN devices, but some IPv6 systems might not support the DHCv6 client function. Auto Config is used by default. IPb6 Fixed LAN Setup IPv6 Address/Prefix Length. The IPv6 address and prefix length of the router's LAN interface. Advanced Settings 124 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 DHCP In the IPv6 screen, when you select DHCP from the drop-down list, the following screen displays. The following fields are included in this screen:
User Class. Most people do not need to fill in this field, but if your ISP has given you a specific host name, enter it here. Domain Name. This is not needed for Internet connections. You can type the domain name of your ISP. For example, if your ISP's mail server is mail.xxx.yyy.zzz, you would type xxx.yyy.zzz as the domain name. If your ISP provided a domain name, type it in this field.
(For example, Earthlink Cable might require a host name of home and Comcast sometimes supplies a domain name.) This is the domain name for the IPv6 connection. Do not enter the domain name for the IPv4 connection here. The other settings are the same as Auto Detect mode. See IPv6 LAN Setup and IPv6 Filtering on page 121. Advanced Settings 125 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 PPPoE In the IPv6 screen, when you select PPPoE from the drop-down list, the following screen displays. The following fields are included in this screen:
Login. This is usually the name that you use in your email address. For example, if your main mail account is JerAB@ISP.com, then you would put JerAB in this field. Some ISPs (like Mindspring, Earthlink, and T-DSL) require that you use your full email address when you log in. If your ISP requires your full email address, type it in this field. Password. Type the password that you use to log in to your ISP. Service Name. If your ISP provided a service name, enter it here. Otherwise, you can leave this field blank. Connection Mode. This specifies when the router should establish the PPPoE connection. Currently the connection mode is always on to provide a steady IPv6 connection. The router never disconnects the connection, and in case the connection is broken (such as if the modem is turned off), the router establishes the connection right after the PPPoE connection is available. The other settings are the same as Auto Detect mode. See IPv6 LAN Setup and IPv6 Filtering on page 121. Traffic Meter Traffic metering allows you to monitor the volume of Internet traffic passing through your routers Internet port. With the Traffic Meter utility, you can set limits for traffic volume, set a monthly limit, and get a live update of traffic usage. Advanced Settings 126 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 To monitor Internet traffic:
1. Click Advanced > Advanced Setup > Traffic Meter to display the following screen. Scroll to view more settings 2. To enable the traffic meter, select the Enable Traffic Meter check box. 3. If you would like to record and restrict the volume of Internet traffic, select the Traffic volume control by radio button. You can select one of the following options for controlling the traffic volume:
No Limit. No restriction is applied when the traffic limit is reached. Download only. The restriction is applied to incoming traffic only. Both Directions. The restriction is applied to both incoming and outgoing traffic. 4. You can limit the amount of data traffic allowed per month by specifying how many Mbytes per month are allowed or by specifying how many hours of traffic are allowed. 5. Set the Traffic Counter to begin at a specific time and date. 6. Set up Traffic Control to issue a warning message before the monthly limit of Mbytes or hours is reached. You can select one of the following to occur when the limit is attained:
The Internet LED flashes green or amber. The Internet connection is disconnected and disabled. 7. Set up Internet Traffic Statistics to monitor the data traffic. 8. Click the Traffic Status button for an update on Internet traffic status on your router. 9. Click Apply to save your settings. Advanced Settings 127 10. Troubleshooting 10 This chapter provides information to help you diagnose and solve problems you might have with your router. If you do not find the solution here, check the NETGEAR support site at http://support.netgear.com for product and contact information. This chapter contains the following sections:
Quick Tips Troubleshooting with the LEDs Cannot Log In to CENTRIA Cannot Access the Internet Changes Not Saved Wireless Connectivity Restore the Factory Settings and Password Troubleshoot Your Network Using the Ping Utility 128 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Quick Tips This section describes tips for troubleshooting some common problems. Sequence to Restart Your Network Be sure to restart your network in this sequence:
1. Turn off and unplug the modem. 2. Turn off the router and computers. 3. Plug in the modem and turn it on. Wait 2 minutes. 4. Turn on the router and wait 2 minutes. 5. Turn on the computers. Check Ethernet Cable Connections Make sure that the Ethernet cables are securely plugged in:
The Internet LED on the router is on if the Ethernet cable connecting the router and the modem is plugged in securely and the modem and router are turned on. For each powered-on computer connected to the router by an Ethernet cable, the corresponding numbered router LAN port LED is on. Hard Disk Drive (HDD) If you turn off the router when an HDD is installed, wait 2 seconds before turning it back on to give the HDD enough time to reset. If the HDD LED is red and it used to be green, the HDD connection could be loose. Turn off the router. Disconnect the HDD, and then connect it again. Turn on the router and check the HDD LED. Wireless Settings Make sure that the wireless settings in the computer and router match exactly. For a wirelessly connected computer, the wireless network name (SSID) and wireless security settings of the router and wireless computer need to match exactly. If you set up an access list in the Advanced Wireless Settings screen, you have to add each wireless computers MAC address to the routers access list. Troubleshooting 129 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Network Settings Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct:
Wired and wirelessly connected computers need to have network (IP) addresses on the same network as the router. The simplest way to do this is to configure each computer to obtain an IP address automatically using DHCP. Some cable modem service providers require you to use the MAC address of the computer initially registered on the account. You can view the MAC address in the Attached Devices screen. Troubleshooting with the LEDs After you turn on power to the router, the following sequence of events should occur:
1. When power is first applied, verify that the Power LED 2. Verify that the Power LED turns amber within a few seconds, indicating that the self-test is is on. running. 3. After 2 minutes, verify the following:
The Power LED lights solid green. The Internet LED lights. The Wireless LED lights blue. The LEDs on the front panel of the router can be used for troubleshooting. Power LED Is Off or Blinking Make sure that the power cord is securely connected to your router and that the power adapter is securely connected to a functioning power outlet. Check that you are using the 12V DC, 5A power adapter that NETGEAR supplied for this product. If the Power LED blinks slowly and continuously, the router firmware is corrupted. This can happen if a firmware upgrade is interrupted, or if the router detects a problem with the firmware. If the error persists, you have a hardware problem. For recovery instructions, or help with a hardware problem, contact technical support at www.netgear.com/support. Power LED Stays Amber When the router is turned on, the Power LED turns amber for about 20 seconds and then turns green. If the LED does not turn green, the router has a problem. If the Power LED is still amber 1 minute after you turn on power to the router:
1. Turn off the power and then turn it back on to see if the router recovers. 2. Press and hold the Reset button to return the router to its factory settings. as explained in Restore the Factory Settings and Password on page 136. Troubleshooting 130 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 If the error persists, you might have a hardware problem and should contact technical support at www.netgear.com/support. HDD LED Is Red or Red and Green If the HDD LED is solid green plus red, the internal hard disk drive (HDD) is 85% full. If the HDD LED is blinking green and red, the HDD is 95% full. If the HDD LED is solid red, the HDD is not formatted, the HDD connection is loose, or there is a failure alert. LEDs Never Turn Off When the router is turned on, the LEDs turn on for about 10 seconds and then turn off. If all the LEDs stay on, there is a fault within the router. If all LEDs are still on 1 minute after power-up:
Cycle the power to see if the router recovers. Press and hold the Reset button to return the router to its factory settings as explained in Restore the Factory Settings and Password on page 136. If the error persists, you might have a hardware problem and should contact technical support at www.netgear.com/support. Internet LED Is Off If the Internet LED does not light, check the following:
Make sure that the Ethernet cable connections are secure at the router and at the modem or computer. Make sure that power is turned on to the connected modem or computer. Be sure that you are using the correct cable. When connecting the routers Internet port to a cable or DSL modem, use the cable that was supplied with the cable or DSL modem. This cable could be a standard straight-through Ethernet cable or an Ethernet crossover cable. Wireless LED Is Off If the Wireless LED stays off, check to see if the Wi-Fi On/Off button on the router has been pressed. This button turns the wireless radios in the router on and off. The Wireless LEDs are lit when the wireless radio is turned on. Troubleshooting 131 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Cannot Log In to CENTRIA If you are unable to log in to CENTRIA from a computer on your local network, check the following:
If you are using an Ethernet-connected computer, check the Ethernet connection between the computer and the router as described in the previous section. Make sure that your computers IP address is on the same subnet as the router. If you are using the recommended addressing scheme, your computers address should be in the range of 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.254. If your computers IP address is shown as 169.254.x.x, recent versions of Windows and Mac OS generate and assign an IP address if the computer cannot reach a DHCP server. These autogenerated addresses are in the range of 169.254.x.x. If your IP address is in this range, check the connection from the computer to the router, and reboot your computer. If your routers IP address was changed and you do not know the current IP address, clear the routers configuration to factory defaults. This sets the routers IP address to 192.168.1.1. This procedure is explained in Factory Settings on page 139. Make sure that your browser has Java, JavaScript, or ActiveX enabled. If you are using Internet Explorer, click Refresh to be sure that the Java applet is loaded. Try quitting the browser and launching it again. Make sure that you are using the correct login information. The factory default login name is admin and the password is password. Make sure that Caps Lock is off when you enter this information. If you are attempting to set up your NETGEAR router as a replacement for an ADSL gateway in your network, the router cannot perform many gateway services. For example, the router cannot convert ADSL or cable data into Ethernet networking information. NETGEAR does not support such a configuration. Cannot Access the Internet If you can access CENTRIA but not the Internet, check to see if the router can obtain an IP address from your Internet service provider (ISP). Unless your ISP provides a fixed IP address, your router requests an IP address from the ISP. You can determine whether the request was successful using the Router Status screen. To check the WAN IP address:
1. Start your browser, and select an external site such as www.netgear.com. 2. Access the router interface at www.routerlogin.net. 3. Select Administration > Router Status. 4. Check that an IP address is shown for the Internet port. If 0.0.0.0 is shown, your router has not obtained an IP address from your ISP. Troubleshooting 132 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 If your router cannot obtain an IP address from the ISP, you might need to force your cable or DSL modem to recognize your new router by restarting your network, as described in Sequence to Restart Your Network on page If your router is still unable to obtain an IP address from the ISP, the problem might be one of the following:
Your Internet service provider (ISP) might require a login program. Ask your ISP whether it requires PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) or some other type of login. 129. If your ISP requires a login, the login name and password might be set incorrectly. Your ISP might check for your computers host name. Assign the computer host name of your ISP account as the account name in the Internet Setup screen. Your ISP allows only one Ethernet MAC address to connect to Internet and might check for your computers MAC address. In this case, do one of the following:
Inform your ISP that you have bought a new network device, and ask them to use the routers MAC address.
- Configure your router to clone your computers MAC address. If your router can obtain an IP address, but your computer is unable to load any web pages from the Internet:
Your computer might not recognize any DNS server addresses. A DNS server is a host on the Internet that translates Internet names (such as www addresses) to numeric IP addresses. Typically, your ISP provides the addresses of one or two DNS servers for your use. If you entered a DNS address during the routers configuration, reboot your computer, and verify the DNS address. You can configure your computer manually with DNS addresses, as explained in your operating system documentation. Your computer might not have the router configured as its TCP/IP gateway. If your computer obtains its information from the router by DHCP, reboot the computer, and verify the gateway address. You might be running login software that is no longer needed. If your ISP provided a program to log you in to the Internet (such as WinPoET), you no longer need to run that software after installing your router. You might need to go to Internet Explorer and select Tools > Internet Options, click the Connections tab, and select Never dial a connection. Troubleshooting 133 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Troubleshoot PPPoE If you are using PPPoE, try troubleshooting your Internet connection. To troubleshoot a PPPoE connection:
1. Log in to the router. 2. Select Administration > Router Status. 3. Click Connection Status. If all of the steps indicate OK, then your PPPoE connection is up and working. If any of the steps indicate Failed, you can attempt to reconnect by clicking Connect. The router continues to attempt to connect indefinitely. If you cannot connect after several minutes, you might be using an incorrect service name, user name, or password. There might be a provisioning problem with your ISP. Note: Unless you connect manually, the router does not authenticate using PPPoE until data is transmitted to the network. Troubleshooting Internet Browsing If your router can obtain an IP address but your computer is unable to load any web pages from the Internet, check the following:
Your computer might not recognize any DNS server addresses. A DNS server is a host on the Internet that translates Internet names (such as www addresses) to numeric IP addresses. Typically, your ISP provides the addresses of one or two DNS servers for your use. If you entered a DNS address during the routers configuration, restart your computer. Alternatively, you can configure your computer manually with a DNS address, as explained in the documentation for your computer. Your computer might not have the router configured as its default gateway. Reboot the computer and verify that the router address (www.routerlogin.net) is listed by your computer as the default gateway address. You might be running log in software that is no longer needed. If your ISP provided a program to log you in to the Internet (such as WinPoET), you no longer need to run that software after installing your router. You might need to go to Internet Explorer and select Tools > Internet Options, click the Connections tab, and select Never dial a connection. Troubleshooting 134 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Changes Not Saved If the router does not save the changes you make in the router interface, check the following:
When entering configuration settings, always click the Apply button before moving to another screen or tab, or your changes are lost. Click the Refresh or Reload button in the web browser. The changes might have occurred, but the old settings might be in the web browsers cache. Wireless Connectivity If you are having trouble connecting wirelessly to the router, try to isolate the problem. Does the wireless device or computer that you are using find your wireless network?
If not, check the Wireless LEDs on the front of the router. It should be lit. If it is not, you can press the WiFi On/Off button on the back of the router to turn the routers wireless radio back on. If you disabled the routers SSID broadcast, then your wireless network is hidden and does not show up in your wireless clients scanning list. By default, SSID broadcast is enabled. Does your wireless device support the security that you are using for your wireless network (WPA or WPA2)?
If you want to view the wireless settings for the router, use an Ethernet cable to connect a computer to a LAN port on the router. Then log in to the router, and select Wireless (see
(Basic Wireless Settings on page 33). Note:
Be sure to click Apply to save your changes. Wireless Signal Strength If your wireless device finds your network, but the signal strength is weak, check these conditions:
Is your router too far from your computer, or too close? Place your computer near the router, but at least 6 feet (1.8 meters) away, and see whether the signal strength improves. Is your wireless signal blocked by objects between the router and your computer?
Troubleshooting 135 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Restore the Factory Settings and Password This section explains how to restore the factory settings, changing the routers administration password back to password. You can erase the current configuration and restore factory defaults in two ways:
Use the Erase function of the router (see Erase on page Use the Reset button on the back of the router. See Factory Settings on page 139. If you 97). restore the factory settings and the router fails to restart, or the green Power LED continues to blink, the unit might be defective. If the error persists, you might have a hardware problem and should contact technical support at http://www.netgear.com/support. Troubleshoot Your Network Using the Ping Utility Most network devices and routers contain a ping utility that sends an echo request packet to the designated device. The device then responds with an echo reply. You can easily troubleshoot a network by using the ping utility in your computer or workstation. Test the LAN Path to CENTRIA You can ping the router from your computer to verify that the LAN path to your router is set up correctly. To ping the router from a running Windows computer:
1. From the Windows toolbar, click Start, and then select Run. 2. In the field provided, type ping followed by the IP address of the router, as in this example:
ping www.routerlogin.net 3. Click OK. You should see a message like this one:
Pinging <IP address > with 32 bytes of data If the path is working, you see this message:
Reply from < IP address >: bytes=32 time=NN ms TTL=xxx If the path is not working, you see this message:
Request timed out If the path is not functioning correctly, you could have one of the following problems:
Wrong physical connections For a wired connection, make sure that the numbered LAN port LED is on for the port to which you are connected. Troubleshooting 136 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Check that the appropriate LEDs are on for your network devices. If your router and computer are connected to a separate Ethernet switch, make sure that the link LEDs are on for the switch ports that are connected to your computer and router. Wrong network configuration Verify that the Ethernet card driver software and TCP/IP software are both installed and configured on your computer. Verify that the IP address for your router and your computer are correct and that the addresses are on the same subnet. Test the Path from Your Computer to a Remote Device After verifying that the LAN path works correctly, test the path from your computer to a remote device. 1. From the Windows toolbar, click the Start button, and then select Run. 2. In the Windows Run window, type:
ping -n 10 <IP address>
where <IP address> is the IP address of a remote device such as your ISP DNS server. If the path is functioning correctly, replies like those shown in the previous section are displayed. If you do not receive replies:
Check that your computer has the IP address of your router listed as the default gateway. If the IP configuration of your computer is assigned by DHCP, this information is not visible in your computers Network Control Panel. Verify that the IP address of the router is listed as the default gateway. Check to see that the network address of your computer (the portion of the IP address specified by the subnet mask) is different from the network address of the remote device. Check that your cable or DSL modem is connected and functioning. If your ISP assigned a host name to your computer, enter that host name as the account name in the Internet Setup screen. Your ISP could be rejecting the Ethernet MAC addresses of all but one of your computers. Many broadband ISPs restrict access by allowing traffic only from the MAC address of your broadband modem. Some ISPs additionally restrict access to the MAC address of a single computer connected to that modem. If this is the case, configure your router to clone or spoof the MAC address from the authorized computer. Troubleshooting 137 A. Supplemental Information A This appendix provides factory default settings and technical specifications for the CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720. This appendix includes the following sections:
Factory Settings Technical Specifications 138 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Factory Settings You can return the router to its factory settings. Use the end of a paper clip or a similar object to press and hold the Reset button on the back of the router for at least 7 seconds. The router resets, and returns to the factory configuration settings shown in the following table. Table 4. Factory default settings Feature Default behavior Router login User login URL www.routerlogin.com or www.routerlogin.net Internet connection Local network
(LAN) User name (case-sensitive) admin Login password (case-sensitive) password WAN MAC address Use default hardware address WAN MTU size Port speed LAN IP address Subnet mask DHCP server DHCP range Time zone 1500 AutoSensing 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 Enabled 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.254 Pacific time Time zone daylight savings time Disabled Allow a registrar to configure this router Enabled Local network
(LAN) continued DHCP starting IP address 192.168.1.2 DHCP ending IP address 192.168.1.254 DMZ Time zone Disabled GMT for WW except NA and GR, GMT+1 for GR, GMT-8 for NA Time zone adjusted for daylight savings time SNMP Disabled Disabled Firewall Inbound (communications coming in from the Internet) Disabled (except traffic on port 80, the HTTP port) Outbound (communications going out to the Internet) Enabled (all) Source MAC filtering Disabled Supplemental Information 139 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Table 4. Factory default settings (Continued) Feature Wireless Wireless communication Enabled Default behavior SSID name Security Broadcast SSID Transmission speed Country/region RF channel Operating mode See router label WPA2-PSK (AES) Enabled Auto*
United States in the US, otherwise varies by region 6 until region selected 2.4 GHz b/g/n: Up to 195 Mbps 5 GHz a/n: Up to 450 Mbps Firewall Inbound (communications coming in from the Internet) Disabled (bars all unsolicited requests) Outbound (communications going out to the Internet) Enabled (all)
*. Maximum Wireless signal rate derived from IEEE Standard 802.11 specifications. Actual throughput can vary. Network conditions and environmental factors, including volume of network traffic, building materials and construction, and network overhead, lower actual data throughput rate. Technical Specifications Table 5. WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Router specifications Feature Description Data and routing protocols Power adapter Dimensions Weight TCP/IP, RIP-1, RIP-2, DHCP, PPPoE, PPTP, Bigpond, Dynamic DNS, UPnP, and SMB North America: 120V, 60 Hz, input UK, Australia: 240V, 50 Hz, input Europe: 230V, 50 Hz, input All regions (output): 12V DC @ 5A, output 256 x 206 x 85 mm (10.07 x 8.11 x 3.34 in) 0.87 kg (1.91 lbs) Operating temperature 0 to 40 C
(32 to 104 F) Operating humidity 90% maximum relative humidity, noncondensing Electromagnetic Emissions FCC Part 15 Class B VCCI Class B EN 55 022 (CISPR 22), Class B C-Tick N10947 Supplemental Information 140 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Table 5. WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Router specifications (Continued) Feature LAN WAN Wireless Description 10BASE-T or 100BASE-Tx or 1000BASE-T, RJ-45 10BASE-T or 100BASE-Tx or 1000BASE-T, RJ-45 Maximum wireless signal rate complies with the IEEE 802.11 standard. See the footnote for the previous table. Radio data rates Auto Rate Sensing Data encoding standards IEEE 802.11n version 2.0 IEEE 802.11n, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11b 2.4 GHz IEEE 802.11n, IEEE 802.11a 5.0 GHz Maximum computers per wireless network Operating frequency range Limited by the amount of wireless network traffic generated by each node
(typically 5070 nodes). 2.4 GHz 2.4122.462 GHz (US) 2.4122.472 GHz (Japan) 2.4122.472 GHz (Europe ETSI) 5 GHz 5.185.24 + 5.7455.825 GHz (US) 5.185.24 GHz (Europe ETSI) 802.11 security 40-bit (also called 64-bit) and 128-bit WEP, WPA-PSK, WPA2-PSK, and WPA/WPA2 Enterprise. Supplemental Information 141 B. Notification of Compliance NETGEAR Dual Band - Wireless B Regulatory Compliance Information This section includes user requirements for operating this product in accordance with National laws for usage of radio spectrum and operation of radio devices. Failure of the end-user to comply with the applicable requirements may result in unlawful operation and adverse action against the end-user by the applicable National regulatory authority. Note: Note: This product's firmware limits operation to only the channels allowed in a particular Region or Country. Therefore, all options described in this user's guide may not be available in your version of the product. Europe - EU Declaration of Conformity Marking by the above symbol indicates compliance with the Essential Requirements of the R&TTE Directive of the European Union (1999/5/EC). This equipment meets the following conformance standards:
EN300 328 (2.4Ghz), EN301 489-17, EN301 893 (5Ghz), EN60950-1 For complete DoC please visit the NETGEAR EU Declarations of Conformity website at:
http://support.netgear.com/app/answers/detail/a_id/11621/
EDOC in Languages of the European Community Language Statement Cesky [Czech]
NETGEAR Inc. tmto prohlauje, e tento Radiolan je ve shode se zkladnmi poadavky a dalmi prslunmi ustanovenmi smernice 1999/5/ES. Dansk [Danish]
Undertegnede NETGEAR Inc. erklrer herved, at flgende udstyr Radiolan overholder de vsentlige krav og vrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF. Deutsch
[German]
Hiermit erklrt NETGEAR Inc., dass sich das Gert Radiolan in bereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden Anforderungen und den brigen einschlgigen Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 1999/5/EG befindet. Eesti [Estonian]
Kesolevaga kinnitab NETGEAR Inc. seadme Radiolan vastavust direktiivi 1999/5/E phinuetele ja nimetatud direktiivist tulenevatele teistele asjakohastele stetele. English Hereby, NETGEAR Inc., declares that this Radiolan is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. 142 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Espaol
[Spanish]
[Greek]
Franais
[French]
Por medio de la presente NETGEAR Inc. declara que el Radiolan cumple con los requisitos esenciales y cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999/5/CE. NETGEAR Inc. Radiolan 1999/5/. Par la prsente NETGEAR Inc. dclare que l'appareil Radiolan est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999/5/CE. Italiano [Italian]
Con la presente NETGEAR Inc. dichiara che questo Radiolan conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999/5/CE. Latviski
[Latvian]
Lietuvi
[Lithuanian]
Nederlands
[Dutch]
Ar o NETGEAR Inc. deklar, ka Radiolan atbilst Direktvas 1999/5/EK btiskajm prasbm un citiem ar to saisttajiem noteikumiem. iuo NETGEAR Inc. deklaruoja, kad is Radiolan atitinka esminius reikalavimus ir kitas 1999/5/EB Direktyvos nuostatas. Hierbij verklaart NETGEAR Inc. dat het toestel Radiolan in overeenstemming is met de essentile eisen en de andere relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999/5/EG. Malti [Maltese]
Hawnhekk, NETGEAR Inc., jiddikjara li dan Radiolan jikkonforma mal-htigijiet essenzjali u ma provvedimenti ohrajn relevanti li hemm fid-Dirrettiva 1999/5/EC. Magyar
[Hungarian]
Alulrott, NETGEAR Inc. nyilatkozom, hogy a Radiolan megfelel a vonatkoz alapvet kvetelmnyeknek s az 1999/5/EC irnyelv egyb elrsainak. Polski [Polish]
Niniejszym NETGEAR Inc. owiadcza, e Radiolan jest zgodny z zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozostaymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 1999/5/EC. Portugus
[Portuguese]
NETGEAR Inc. declara que este Radiolan est conforme com os requisitos essenciais e outras disposies da Directiva 1999/5/CE. Slovensko
[Slovenian]
Slovensky
[Slovak]
NETGEAR Inc. izjavlja, da je ta Radiolan v skladu z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi doloili direktive 1999/5/ES. NETGEAR Inc. tmto vyhlasuje, e Radiolan spa zkladn poiadavky a vetky prslun ustanovenia Smernice 1999/5/ES. Suomi [Finnish]
NETGEAR Inc. vakuuttaa tten ett Radiolan tyyppinen laite on direktiivin 1999/5/EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sit koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen. Svenska
[Swedish]
Hrmed intygar NETGEAR Inc. att denna Radiolan str I verensstmmelse med de vsentliga egenskapskrav och vriga relevanta bestmmelser som framgr av direktiv 1999/5/EG. Notification of Compliance 143 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 slenska
[Icelandic]
Hr me lsir NETGEAR Inc. yfir v a Radiolan er samrmi vi grunnkrfur og arar krfur, sem gerar eru tilskipun 1999/5/EC. Norsk
[Norwegian]
NETGEAR Inc. erklrer herved at utstyret Radiolan er i samsvar med de grunnleggende krav og vrige relevante krav i direktiv 1999/5/EF. This device is a 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU member states and EFTA states, and Switzerland. In Italy the end-user should apply for a license at the national spectrum authorities in order to obtain authorization to use the device for setting up outdoor radio links and/or for supplying public access to telecommunications and/or network services. This device may not be used for setting up outdoor radio links in France and in some areas the RF output power may be limited to 10 mW EIRP in the frequency range of 2454 - 2483.5 MHz. For detailed information the end-user should contact the national spectrum authority in France. FCC Requirements for Operation in the United States For operation within 5.15 ~ 5.25GHz, the CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 is restricted to indoor environment. FCC Information to User This product does not contain any user serviceable components and is to be used with approved antennas only. Any product changes or modifications will invalidate all applicable regulatory certifications and approvals. FCC Guidelines for Human Exposure This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 22 cm between the radiator and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. FCC Declaration of Conformity We, NETGEAR, Inc., 350 East Plumeria Drive, San Jose, CA 95134, declare under our sole responsibility that the CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 complies with Part 15 Subpart B of FCC CFR47 Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
This device may not cause harmful interference, and This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Federal Communication Commision Interference Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. FCC Caution:
Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment. Notification of Compliance 144 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. For operation within 5.15 ~ 5.25GHz / 5.47 ~5.725GHz frequency range, it is restricted to indoor environment. The band from 5600-5650MHz will be disabled by the software during the manufacturing and cannot be changed by the end user. This device meets all the other requirements specified in Part 15E, Section 15.407 of the FCC Rules. FOR MOBILE DEVICE USAGE (>22cm/low power) Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 22cm between the radiator & your body. Canadian Department of Communications Radio Interference Regulations This digital apparatus (CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720) does not exceed the Class B limits for radio-noise emissions from digital apparatus as set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This Class [B] digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numrique de la classe [B] est conforme la norme NMB-003 du Canada Industry Canada This device complies with RSS-210 of the Industry Canada Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. interference that may cause undesired operation. Ce dispositif est conforme la norme CNR-210 d'Industrie Canada applicable aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Son fonctionnement est sujet aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) le dispositif ne doit pas produire de brouillage prjudiciable, et (2) ce dispositif doit accepter tout brouillage reu, y compris un brouillage susceptible de provoquer un fonctionnement indsirable. IMPORTANT NOTE: Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 22 cm between the radiator & your body. Caution:
The device for the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor usage to reduce po-tential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High power radars are allocated as primary users (meaning they have priority) of 5250-5350 MHz and 5650-5850 MHz and these radars could cause interference and/or damage to LE-LAN devices. Ce dispositif est conforme la norme CNR-210 d'Industrie Canada applicable aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Son fonctionnement est sujet aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) le dispositif ne doit pas produire de brouillage prjudiciable, et (2) ce dispositif doit accepter tout brouillage reu, y compris un brouillage susceptible de provoquer un fonctionnement indsirable. NOTE IMPORTANTE: Dclaration d'exposition aux radiations:
Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de 22 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. Avertissement:
Le dispositif fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz est rserv uniquement pour une utili-sation l'intrieur afin de rduire les risques de brouillage prjudiciable aux systmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mmes canaux. Les utilisateurs de radars de haute puissance sont dsigns utilisateurs principaux (c.--d., qu'ils ont la priorit) pour les bandes 5250-5350 MHz et 5650-5850 MHz et que ces radars pourraient causer du brouillage et/ou des dommages aux dispositifs LAN-EL. Notification of Compliance 145 CENTRIA WNDR4700/WNDR4720 Interference Reduction Table The table below shows the Recommended Minimum Distance between NETGEAR equipment and household appliances to reduce interference (in feet and meters). Household Appliance Microwave ovens Baby Monitor - Analog Baby Monitor - Digital Cordless phone - Analog Cordless phone - Digital Bluetooth devices ZigBee Recommended Minimum Distance
(in feet and meters) 30 feet / 9 meters 20 feet / 6 meters 40 feet / 12 meters 20 feet / 6 meters 30 feet / 9 meters 20 feet / 6 meters 20 feet / 6 meters Notification of Compliance 146
1 2 3 | Internal Photos | Internal Photos | 2.60 MiB | / September 02 2013 |
Page 6
Page 7
Page 8
Page 9
Page 10
Page 11
Page 12
Page 13
Page 14
Page 15
Page 16
Page 17
Page 18
1 2 3 | External Photos | External Photos | 2.34 MiB | / September 02 2013 |
CONSTRUCTION PHOTOS OF EUT Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4 Page 5
1 2 3 | Label | ID Label/Location Info | 756.29 KiB | August 13 2012 |
REV DESCRIPTION OF REVISION ENG APPD DATE 01 02 03 INITIAL DOCUMENT CREATION T TSAO 09NOV11 SIZE MODIFICATION UPDATE T TSAO 22FEB12 T TSAO 20APR12 NOTE:
1. REFER TO NETGEAR SPEC. DOC-00093 FOR COLOR TOLERANCES. 2. INK COLOR IS SHOWN TO THE RIGHT. 3. DIE LINES ARE MAGENTA COLOR AND DO NOT PRINT. 4. MAC & SERIAL NUMBERS TO BE PRINTED BY THE ODM. 5. See NTGR DOC-00112 for SN standard. 6. NTGR SN and MAC address barcode to be encoded AIM USS Code39 and include printed characters below barcodes. 7. INSURE COUNTRY OF ORIGIN IS CORRECT. A. IF COUNTRY OF ORIGIN IS PRE-PRINTED, UNHIDE THE APPROPRIATE COUNTRY OF ORIGIN LAYER AND INCLUDE COUNTRY OF ORIGIN ON LABEL. B. IF COUNTRY OF ORIGIN IS POST-PRINTED USING A THERMAL PRINTER (OR EQUIVALENT), OMIT TEXT FROM ARTWORK (USE LAYERS). 7 Black Pantone 877C White AUTHOR:
SHEET:
T TSAO 1 of 1 TITLE:
AW, WNDR4700, PLBL THIS DOCUMENT AND THE DATA DISCLOSED HEREIN OR WHEREWITH IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, USED OR DISCLOSED IN WHOLE OR IN PART TO ANYONE WITHOUT THE PERMISSION OF NETGEAR, INC. P/N:
AW-11756-01 REV:
03
1 2 3 | Attestation - General Declaration | Attestation Statements | 32.13 KiB | August 13 2012 |
Netgear Inc. 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 Date: 2012-07-25 General Declaration General Declaration General Declaration General Declaration We, Netgear Inc. declare that the device does not support any non-US channels in all the operational mode(s) for the following product. FCC ID: PY311400179 If you have any questions regarding the declaration, please dont hesitate to contact us. Thank you!
Sincerely yours,
-------------------------------------------------
Mark Gandler/ Regulatory Compliance Manager Netgear Inc. TEL.: 408-907-8000 FAX: 408-907-8097 E-mail: mark.Gandlerl@netgear.com
1 2 3 | Confidentiality Request | Cover Letter(s) | 37.83 KiB | August 13 2012 |
Netgear Inc. 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 FCC ID: PY311400179 Date: 2012-07-25 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Confidentiality Request Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, the Applicant hereby requests confidential treatment of information accompanying this Application as outlined below:
Schematics Block diagram The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457, disclosure of this Application and all accompanying documentation will not be made before the date of the Grant for this application. Sincerely,
-------------------------------------------------
Mark Gandler/ Regulatory Compliance Manager Netgear Inc. TEL.: 408-907-8000 FAX: 408-907-8097 E-mail: mark.gandler@netgear.com
1 2 3 | Cover Letter - Agent Authorization | Cover Letter(s) | 25.85 KiB | August 13 2012 |
Netgear Inc. 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 A U T H O R I Z A T I O N L E T T E R FCC ID: PY311400179 Date:2012/7/25 To whom it may concern:
We, the undersigned UNetgear Inc.U hereby authorize Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services
(H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch (BV CPS Taoyuan) of Taiwan to act on our behalf in all matters relating to all processes required in FCC Part15C/15E and any communication needed with the national authority. Any and all acts carried out by BV CPS Taoyuan on our behalf shall have the same effects as acts of our own. If you have any questions regarding the authorization, please dont hesitate to contact us. Thank you!
Sincerely yours,
-------------------------------------------------
Mark Gandler/ Regulatory Compliance Manager Netgear Inc. TEL.: 408-907-8000 FAX: 408-907-8097 E-mail: mark.Gandler@netgear.com
1 2 3 | Operational Description | Operational Description | 39.98 KiB | August 13 2012 |
FCC ID: PY311400179 Operational Description This device is a N900 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router, which operates in both of 5GHz and 2.4GHz bands; the maximum data rate could be up to450Mbps which OFDM technique. If the signal to noise radio is too poor which could not support 450Mbps, the 11Mbps data rate with DSSS technique will be applied. The transmitter of the EUT is powered by the 12Vdc form power adapter. The device is used Off board PCB dipole antenna with UFL antenna connector. The other instruction, please have a look at the users manual. FCC 15.407(c) states: The device shall automatically discontinue transmission in case of either absence of information to transmit or operational failure. These provisions are not intended to preclude the transmission of control or signaling information or the use of repetitive codes used by certain digital technologies to complete frame or burst intervals. Applicants shall include in their application for equipment authorization a description of how this requirement is met Data transmission is always initiated by software, which is then pass down through the MAC, through the digital and analog baseband, and finally to the RF chip. Several special packets (ACKs, CTS, PSPoll, etc) are initiated by the MAC. There are the only ways the digital baseband portion will turn on the RF transmitter, which it then turns off at the end of the packet. Therefore, the transmitter will be on only while one of the aforementioned packets are being transmitted. Report No.: RF 120712C20
1 2 3 | RF Exposure Info | RF Exposure Info | 50.59 KiB | August 13 2012 |
RF EXPOSURE REPORT REPORT NO.: SA120712C20 MODEL NO.: WNDR4700, WNDR4720 FCC ID: PY311400179 RECEIVED: Jul. 12, 2012 TESTED: Jul. 18 ~ Jul. 23, 2012 ISSUED: Jul. 26, 2012 APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. ADDRESS: 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 ISSUED BY: Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services
(H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch LAB ADDRESS: No. 47, 14th Ling, Chia Pau Vil., Lin Kou Dist., New Taipei City, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEST LOCATION: No. 19, Hwa Ya 2nd Rd, Wen Hwa Tsuen, Kwei Shan Hsiang, Taoyuan Hsien 333, Taiwan, R.O.C. This report should not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by any government agencies. This report is for your exclusive use. Any copying or replication of this report to or for any other person or entity, or use of our name or trademark, is permitted only with our prior written permission. This report sets forth our findings solely with respect to the test samples identified herein. The results set forth in this report are not indicative or representative of the quality or characteristics of the lot from which a test sample was taken or any similar or identical product unless specifically and expressly noted. Our report includes all of the tests requested by you and the results thereof based upon the information that you provided to us. You have 60 days from date of issuance of this report to notify us of any material error or omission caused by our negligence, provided, however, that such notice shall be in writing and shall specifically address the issue you wish to raise. A failure to raise such issue within the prescribed time shall constitute your unqualified acceptance of the completeness of this report, the tests conducted and the correctness of the report contents. Unless specific mention, the uncertainty of measurement has been explicitly taken into account to declare the compliance or non-compliance to the specification. Report No.: SA120712C20 of 6 Report Format Version 5.0.0 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS RELEASE CONTROL RECORD ................................................................................................ 3 1. CERTIFICATION ............................................................................................................. 4 RF EXPOSURE ............................................................................................................... 5 2. 2.1 LIMITS FOR MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE (MPE) ......................................... 5 2.2 MPE CALCULATION FORMULA .................................................................................... 5 CLASSIFICATION ........................................................................................................... 5 2.3 2.4 CALCULATION RESULT OF MAXIMUM CONDUCTED POWER .................................. 6 Report No.: SA120712C20 of 6 Report Format Version 5.0.0 2 RELEASE CONTROL RECORD ISSUE NO. SA120712C20 REASON FOR CHANGE Original release DATE ISSUED Jul. 26, 2012 Report No.: SA120712C20 of 6 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3 1. CERTIFICATION PRODUCT: N900 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router MODEL NO.: WNDR4700, WNDR4720 BRAND: NETGEAR APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. TESTED: Jul. 18 ~ Jul. 23, 2012 TEST SAMPLE: ENGINEERING SAMPLE STANDARDS: FCC Part 2 (Section 2.1091) FCC OET Bulletin 65, Supplement C (01-01) IEEE C95.1 The above equipment (model: WNDR4700) has been tested by Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, and found compliance with the requirement of the above standards. The test record, data evaluation &
Equipment Under Test (EUT) configurations represented herein are true and accurate accounts of the measurements of the samples EMC characteristics under the conditions specified in this report. PREPARED BY APPROVED BY
:
:
, DATE :
Jul. 26, 2012 Andrea Hsia / Specialist
, DATE :
Jul. 26, 2012 Gary Chang / Technical Manager Report No.: SA120712C20 of 6 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4 2. RF EXPOSURE 2.1 LIMITS FOR MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE (MPE) FREQUENCY RANGE (MHz) ELECTRIC FIELD STRENGTH (V/m) MAGNETIC FIELD STRENGTH (A/m) POWER DENSITY
(mW/cm2) AVERAGE TIME
(minutes) LIMITS FOR GENERAL POPULATION / UNCONTROLLED EXPOSURE 300-1500 1500-100,000 F/1500 1.0 30 30 F = Frequency in MHz 2.2 MPE CALCULATION FORMULA Pd = (Pout*G) / (4*pi*r2) where Pd = power density in mW/cm2 Pout = output power to antenna in mW G = gain of antenna in linear scale Pi = 3.1416 R = distance between observation point and center of the radiator in cm 2.3 CLASSIFICATION The antenna of this product, under normal use condition, is at least 22cm away from the body of the user. So, this device is classified as Mobile Device. Report No.: SA120712C20 of 6 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5 2.4 CALCULATION RESULT OF MAXIMUM CONDUCTED POWER FREQUENCY BAND
(MHz) MAX POWER
(dBm) ANTENNA GAIN
(dBi) DISTANCE
(cm) POWER DENSITY
(mW/cm2) LIMIT
(mW/cm2) 2412-2462 5180-5240 5745-5825 27.79 15.01 26.87 6.8 7.8 7.8 22 22 22 0.473 0.031 0.482 1 1 1 NOTE:
FOR 2.4GHz: Directional gain = 2dBi + 10log(3) = 6.8dBi FOR 5.0GHz: Directional gain = 3dBi + 10log(3) = 7.8dBi CONCULSION:
Only 2.4 and 5GHz can transmit simultaneously, 2.4 and 2.4GHz does not. The formula of calculated the MPE is:
CPD1 / LPD1 + CPD2 / LPD2 + etc. < 1 CPD = Calculation power density LPD = Limit of power density 1. WLAN 2.4G + WLAN 5.0G = 0.473 + 0.482 = 0.955 Therefore, the maximum calculation of this situation is 0.955, which is less than the 1 limit. Report No.: SA120712C20 of 6 Report Format Version 5.0.0 6
1 2 3 | Short term confidentiality rev2 | Cover Letter(s) | 27.71 KiB |
Netgear Inc. 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 D E C L A R A T I O N L E T T E R October 23, 2012 PY311400179 Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia MD 21046 FCC ID:
Due to the marketing time change, we would like to request STC on following 4 exhibits on FCC ID: PY311400179 to protect sensitive business information. External photos Test Setup photos Users manual Internal Photos We acknowledge that we are aware of these exhibits already been made public since the product was granted on 08/13/2012 until now. Could you please kindly help us to re-
secure the exhibits mentioned above until 02/08/2013. Thank you and we appreciate your help.
-------------------------------------------------
Mark Gandler/ Regulatory Compliance Manager Netgear Inc. TEL.: 408-907-8000 FAX: 408-907-8097 E-mail: mark.gandler@netgear.com
1 2 3 | Test Report - 15C | Test Report | 1.42 MiB | August 13 2012 |
FCC TEST REPORT (15.247) REPORT NO.: RF120712C20 MODEL NO.: WNDR4700
(refer to item 3.1 for more detail) FCC ID: PY311400179 RECEIVED: Jul. 12, 2012 TESTED: Jul. 18 ~ Jul. 23, 2012 ISSUED: Jul. 26, 2012 APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. ADDRESS: 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 ISSUED BY: Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services
(H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch LAB ADDRESS: No. 47, 14th Ling, Chia Pau Vil., Lin Kou Dist., New Taipei City, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEST LOCATION: No. 19, Hwa Ya 2nd Rd, Wen Hwa Tsuen, Kwei Shan Hsiang, Taoyuan Hsien 333, Taiwan, R.O.C. This report should not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by TAF or any government agencies. This report is for your exclusive use. Any copying or replication of this report to or for any other person or entity, or use of our name or trademark, is permitted only with our prior written permission. This report sets forth our findings solely with respect to the test samples identified herein. The results set forth in this report are not indicative or representative of the quality or characteristics of the lot from which a test sample was taken or any similar or identical product unless specifically and expressly noted. Our report includes all of the tests requested by you and the results thereof based upon the information that you provided to us. You have 60 days from date of issuance of this report to notify us of any material error or omission caused by our negligence, provided, however, that such notice shall be in writing and shall specifically address the issue you wish to raise. A failure to raise such issue within the prescribed time shall constitute your unqualified acceptance of the completeness of this report, the tests conducted and the correctness of the report contents. Unless specific mention, the uncertainty of measurement has been explicitly taken into account to declare the compliance or non-compliance to the specification. Report No.: RF120712C20 1 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS RELEASE CONTROL RECORD ............................................................................................. 5 CERTIFICATION .......................................................................................................... 6 1. 2. SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS ................................................................................. 7 2.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY ............................................................................... 7 3. GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................... 8 3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EUT ............................................................................ 8 3.2 DESCRIPTION OF TEST MODES ............................................................................ 10 3.2.1 TEST MODE APPLICABILITY AND TESTED CHANNEL DETAIL ............................ 11 3.3 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT UNITS ...................................................................... 15 3.3.1 CONFIGURATION OF SYSTEM UNDER TEST ....................................................... 16 3.4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF APPLIED STANDARDS ........................................... 16 TEST TYPES AND RESULTS (FOR 2.4GHz BAND) ................................................ 17 4. 4.1 RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT .................................... 17 4.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT ................. 17 4.1.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................... 18 4.1.3 TEST PROCEDURES ............................................................................................... 19 4.1.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD...................................................................... 19 4.1.5 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................. 20 4.1.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................. 20 4.1.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 21 4.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ............................................................ 34 4.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT .......................................... 34 4.2.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................... 34 4.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES ............................................................................................... 35 4.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD...................................................................... 35 4.2.5 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................. 35 4.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................. 35 4.2.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 36 4.3 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT ......................................................................... 38 4.3.1 LIMITS OF 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT ...................................................... 38 4.3.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................. 38 4.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................... 38 4.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE .................................................................................................. 38 4.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD...................................................................... 38 4.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................. 38 4.3.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 39 4.4 CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER .............................................................................. 40 4.4.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT .............................. 40 4.4.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................. 40 4.4.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................... 40 4.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES ............................................................................................... 40 4.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD...................................................................... 40 4.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................. 40 4.4.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 41 4.5 POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT .................................................... 42 4.5.1 LIMITS OF POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT ................................. 42 4.5.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................. 42 4.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................... 42 Report No.: RF120712C20 2 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE .................................................................................................. 42 4.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD...................................................................... 42 4.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION ................................................................................. 42 4.5.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 43 4.6 CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT ................................... 45 4.6.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT ................ 45 4.6.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................. 45 4.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................... 45 4.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE .................................................................................................. 45 4.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD...................................................................... 46 4.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION ................................................................................. 46 4.6.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 46 4.6.8 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 47 5. TEST TYPES AND RESULTS (FOR 5.0GHz BAND) ................................................ 53 5.1 RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ................................................................. 53 5.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ............................................... 53 5.1.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................... 54 5.1.3 TEST PROCEDURES ............................................................................................... 54 5.1.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD...................................................................... 54 5.1.5 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................. 54 5.1.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................. 54 5.1.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 55 5.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ............................................................ 64 5.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT .......................................... 64 5.2.2 T EST INSTRUMENTS .............................................................................................. 64 5.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES ............................................................................................... 64 5.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD...................................................................... 64 5.2.5 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................. 64 5.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................. 64 5.2.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 65 5.3 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT ......................................................................... 67 5.3.1 LIMITS OF 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT ...................................................... 67 5.3.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................. 67 5.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................... 67 5.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE .................................................................................................. 67 5.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD...................................................................... 67 5.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................. 67 5.3.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 68 5.4 CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER .............................................................................. 69 5.4.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT .............................. 69 5.4.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................. 69 5.4.3 INSTRUMENTS ......................................................................................................... 69 5.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES ............................................................................................... 69 5.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD...................................................................... 69 5.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS .............................................................................. 69 5.4.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 70 5.5 POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT .................................................... 71 5.5.1 LIMITS OF POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT ................................. 71 5.5.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................. 71 5.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................... 71 5.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE. ................................................................................................ 71 Report No.: RF120712C20 3 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD...................................................................... 71 5.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION ................................................................................. 71 5.5.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 72 5.6 CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT ................................... 73 5.6.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT ................ 73 5.6.2 TEST SETUP ............................................................................................................. 73 5.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................... 73 5.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE .................................................................................................. 73 5.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD...................................................................... 73 5.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION ................................................................................. 73 5.6.7 TEST RESULTS ........................................................................................................ 73 PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE TEST CONFIGURATION ................................................ 78 6. INFORMATION ON THE TESTING LABORATORIES .............................................. 79 7. APPENDIX A - MODIFICATIONS RECORDERS FOR ENGINEERING CHANGES 8. TO THE EUT BY THE LAB ........................................................................................ 80 Report No.: RF120712C20 4 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 RELEASE CONTROL RECORD ISSUE NO. RF120712C20 REASON FOR CHANGE Original release DATE ISSUED Jul. 26, 2012 Report No.: RF120712C20 5 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 1. CERTIFICATION PRODUCT: N900 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router MODEL NO.: WNDR4700 (refer to item 3.1 for more detail) BRAND: NETGEAR APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. TESTED: Jul. 18 ~ Jul. 23, 2012 TEST SAMPLE: ENGINEERING SAMPLE STANDARDS: FCC Part 15, Subpart C (Section 15.247) ANSI C63.10-2009 The above equipment (Model: WNDR4700) has been tested by Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, and found compliance with the requirement of the above standards. The test record, data evaluation & Equipment Under Test (EUT) configurations represented herein are true and accurate accounts of the measurements of the samples EMC characteristics under the conditions specified in this report. PREPARED BY APPROVED BY
:
:
, DATE :
Jul. 26, 2012 Andrea Hsia / Specialist
, DATE :
Jul. 26, 2012 Gary Chang / Technical Manager Report No.: RF120712C20 6 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 2. SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS The EUT has been tested according to the following specifications:
APPLIED STANDARD: FCC PART 15, SUBPART C (SECTION 15.247) STANDARD SECTION TEST TYPE RESULT REMARK 15.207 AC Power Conducted Emission PASS Band Edge Measurement Radiated Emissions 15.247(d) 15.209 15.247(d) 15.247(a)(2) 6dB bandwidth 15.247(b) 15.247(e) Conducted power Power Spectral Density 15.203 Antenna Requirement PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Meet the requirement of limit. Minimum passing margin is
-10.00dB at 0.44688MHz. Meet the requirement of limit. Minimum passing margin is
-1.0dB at 2375.00MHz. Meet the requirement of limit. Meet the requirement of limit. Meet the requirement of limit. Meet the requirement of limit. Antenna connector is UFL not a standard connector. 2.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY Where relevant, the following measurement uncertainty levels have been estimated for tests performed on the EUT as specified in CISPR 16-4-2:
MEASUREMENT Conducted emissions Radiated emissions FREQUENCY 9kHz~30MHz 30MHz ~ 200MHz 200MHz ~1000MHz 1GHz ~ 18GHz 18GHz ~ 40GHz UNCERTAINTY 2.44 dB 3.19 dB 3.21 dB 2.26 dB 1.94 dB This uncertainty represents an expanded uncertainty expressed at approximately the 95% confidence level using a coverage factor of k = 2. Report No.: RF120712C20 7 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3. GENERAL INFORMATION 3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EUT EUT MODEL NO. POWER SUPPLY MODULATION TYPE N900 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR4700 (refer to note as below) 12Vdc (Adapter) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK for DSSS 64QAM, 16QAM, QPSK, BPSK for OFDM MODULATION TECHNOLOGY DSSS, OFDM TRANSFER RATE OPERATING FREQUENCY NUMBER OF CHANNEL 802.11b:11.0/ 5.5/ 2.0/ 1.0Mbps 802.11g: 54.0/ 48.0/ 36.0/ 24.0/ 18.0/ 12.0/ 9.0/ 6.0Mbps 802.11a: 54.0/ 48.0/ 36.0/ 24.0/ 18.0/ 12.0/ 9.0/ 6.0Mbps 802.11n: up to 450.0Mbps 2.4GHz: 2412 ~ 2462MHz 5.0GHz: 5745 ~ 5825MHz 2.4GHz: 11 for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n (20MHz) 7 for 802.11n (40MHz) 5.0GHz: 5 for 802.11a, 802.11n (20MHz) OUTPUT POWER ANTENNA TYPE 2 for 802.11n (40MHz) 600.7mW for 2412 ~ 2462MHz 486.5mW for 5745 ~ 5825MHz 2.4GHz: Off board PCB dipole antenna with 2dBi gain 5.0GHz: Off board PCB dipole antenna with 3dBi gain UFL NA RJ45, USB Adapter ANTENNA CONNECTOR DATA CABLE I/O PORTS ACCESSORY DEVICE NOTE:
1. The EUT incorporates a MIMO function. Physically, the EUT provides three completed transmitters and three receivers. MODULATION MODE TX FUNCTION 802.11b 802.11g 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) 3TX 3TX 3TX 3TX 3TX Report No.: RF120712C20 8 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 2. The following models are provided to this EUT. Brand Name NETGEAR NETGEAR Model No. WNDR4700 WNDR4720 Difference Without HDD With HDD 3. The following HDDs are provided to EUT. Brand Name Model No. WD Seagate WD20EARX-00PASB0 ST2000DM001 Spec. 2.0TB 2000GB
*WD HDD was the worst for the final tests. 4. The EUT consumes power from the following adapters. ADAPTER 1 BRAND MODEL INPUT POWER OUTPUT POWER POEWR LINE NETGEAR AD8180LF 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 1.5A 12Vdc, 5.0A 1.5 m non-shielded cable without core ADAPTER 2 BRAND MODEL INPUT POWER OUTPUT POWER 12.0Vdc, 5.0A POEWR LINE NETGEAR NU60-H120500-I1 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 1.4A 1.5 m non-shielded cable with 1 core
*Adapter 1 was the worst for the final tests. 5. The above EUT information is declared by manufacturer and for more detailed features description, please refer to the manufacturer's specifications or user's manual. Report No.: RF120712C20 9 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.2 DESCRIPTION OF TEST MODES FOR 2.4GHz:
11 channels are provided for 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n (20MHz):
CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHANNEL FREQUENCY 1 2 3 4 5 6 2412MHz 2417MHz 2422MHz 2427MHz 2432MHz 2437MHz 7 8 9 10 11 2442MHz 2447MHz 2452MHz 2457MHz 2462MHz 7 channels are provided for 802.11n (40MHz):
CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHANNEL FREQUENCY 3 4 5 6 2422MHz 2427MHz 2432MHz 2437MHz 7 8 9 2442MHz 2447MHz 2452MHz FOR 5.0GHz (5745 ~ 5825MHz):
5 channels are provided for 802.11a, 802.11n (20MHz):
CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHANNEL 149 153 157 5745MHz 5765MHz 5785MHz 161 165 FREQUENCY 5805MHz 5825MHz 2 channels are provided for 802.11n (40MHz):
CHANNEL 151 FREQUENCY 5755MHz CHANNEL 159 FREQUENCY 5795MHz Report No.: RF120712C20 10 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.2.1 TEST MODE APPLICABILITY AND TESTED CHANNEL DETAIL FOR 2.4GHz:
EUT CONFIGURE MODE
-
Where APPLICABLE TO RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM
-
DESCRIPTION RE1G: Radiated Emission above 1GHz PLC: Power Line Conducted Emission RE<1G: Radiated Emission below 1GHz APCM: Antenna Port Conducted Measurement RADIATED EMISSION TEST (ABOVE 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE 802.11b 802.11g 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 1 to 11 1 to 11 1 to 11 3 to 9 1, 6, 11 1, 6, 11 1, 6, 11 3, 6, 9 DSSS OFDM OFDM OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE DBPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK
(Mbps) 1.0 6.0 7.2 15.0 RADIATED EMISSION TEST (BELOW 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE 802.11g AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 1 to 11 6 OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK
(Mbps) 6.0 POWER LINE CONDUCTED EMISSION TEST:
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE 802.11g AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 1 to 11 6 OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK
(Mbps) 6.0 Report No.: RF120712C20 11 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT:
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE 802.11b 802.11g 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 1 to 11 1 to 11 1 to 11 3 to 9 1, 11 1, 11 1, 11 3, 9 DSSS OFDM OFDM OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE DBPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK
(Mbps) 1.0 6.0 7.2 15.0 ANTENNA PORT CONDUCTED MEASUREMENT:
This item includes all test value of each mode, but only includes spectrum plot of worst value of each mode. Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE 802.11b 802.11g 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 1 to 11 1 to 11 1 to 11 3 to 9 1, 6, 11 1, 6, 11 1, 6, 11 3, 6, 9 DSSS OFDM OFDM OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE DBPSK BPSK BPSK BPSK
(Mbps) 1.0 6.0 7.2 15.0 TEST CONDITION:
APPLICABLE TO ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS INPUT POWER RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM 26deg. C, 69%RH 26deg. C, 69%RH 25deg. C, 65%RH 26deg. C, 69%RH 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz TESTED BY Antony Lee Brad Wu 120Vac, 60Hz Anderson Hong 120Vac, 60Hz Brad Wu Report No.: RF120712C20 12 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 FOR 5.0GHz (5745 ~ 5825MHz):
EUT CONFIGURE MODE
-
Where APPLICABLE TO RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM
-
DESCRIPTION RE1G: Radiated Emission above 1GHz PLC: Power Line Conducted Emission RE<1G: Radiated Emission below 1GHz APCM: Antenna Port Conducted Measurement RADIATED EMISSION TEST (ABOVE 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 802.11a 149 to 165 149, 157, 165 802.11n (20MHz) 149 to 165 149, 157, 165 802.11n (40MHz) 151 to 159 151, 159 OFDM OFDM OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK BPSK BPSK
(Mbps) 6.0 7.2 15.0 RADIATED EMISSION TEST (BELOW 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE 802.11a AVAILABLE CHANNEL 149 to 165 TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 157 OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK
(Mbps) 6.0 POWER LINE CONDUCTED EMISSION TEST:
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE 802.11a AVAILABLE CHANNEL 149 to 165 TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 157 OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK
(Mbps) 6.0 Report No.: RF120712C20 13 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT:
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE 802.11a AVAILABLE CHANNEL 149 to 165 802.11n (20MHz) 149 to 165 802.11n (40MHz) 151 to 159 TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 149, 165 149, 165 151, 159 OFDM OFDM OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK BPSK BPSK
(Mbps) 6.0 7.2 15.0 ANTENNA PORT CONDUCTED MEASUREMENT:
This item includes all test value of each mode, but only includes spectrum plot of worst value of each mode. Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 802.11a 149 to 165 149, 157, 165 802.11n (20MHz) 149 to 165 149, 157, 165 802.11n (40MHz) 151 to 159 151, 159 OFDM OFDM OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK BPSK BPSK
(Mbps) 6.0 7.2 15.0 TEST CONDITION:
APPLICABLE TO ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS INPUT POWER TESTED BY RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM 26deg. C, 69%RH 26deg. C, 69%RH 25deg. C, 65%RH 26deg. C, 69%RH 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz Alen Wu Brad Wu 120Vac, 60Hz Anderson Hong 120Vac, 60Hz Brad Wu Report No.: RF120712C20 14 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.3 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT UNITS The EUT has been tested as an independent unit together with other necessary accessories or support units. The following support units or accessories were used to form a representative test configuration during the tests. NO. 1 2 3 4 5 PRODUCT EXTERNAL HARD DISK EXTERNAL HARD DISK NOTEBOOK NOTEBOOK SD CARD BRAND WD WD DELL DELL Transcend MODEL NO. WDBACY5000A BL-01 WDBACY5000A BL-01 E5410 E5410 NA SERIAL NO. FCC ID WX51C12T6215 WX91EC1FPNR9 NA NA 1HC2XM1 6RP2YM1 NA FCC DoC Approved FCC DoC Approved NA SIGNAL CABLE DESCRIPTION OF THE ABOVE SUPPORT UNITS NO. 1 0.45m non-shielded USB cable without core 2 0.45m non-shielded USB cable without core 3 10m RJ45 UTP cable 4 10m RJ45 UTP cable 5 NA NOTE:
1. All power cords of the above support units are non shielded (1.8m). 2. Items 3~4 acted as communication partners to transfer data. Report No.: RF120712C20 15 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 1.8m RJ45 UTP cable x 3 with load 10m RJ45 UTP cable HDD x2 EUT
*Test table
(Power from adapter) 10m RJ45 UTP cable 3.3.1 CONFIGURATION OF SYSTEM UNDER TEST 3.4 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF APPLIED STANDARDS
*Kept in a remote area Notebook SD card Notebook The EUT is a RF Product. According to the specifications of the manufacturer, it must comply with the requirements of the following standards:
FCC Part 15, Subpart C (15.247) 558074 D01 DTS Meas Guidance v01 ANSI C63.10-2009 All test items have been performed and recorded as per the above standards. NOTE: The EUT is also considered as a kind of computer peripheral, because the connection to computer is necessary for typical use. It has been verified to comply with the requirements of FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B (DoC). The test report has been issued separately. Report No.: RF120712C20 16 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4. TEST TYPES AND RESULTS (FOR 2.4GHz BAND) 4.1 RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT 4.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT Radiated emissions which fall in the restricted bands must comply with the radiated emission limits specified as below table. Other emissions shall be at least 30dB below the highest level of the desired power:
FREQUENCIES
(MHz) FIELD STRENGTH
(microvolts/meter) MEASUREMENT DISTANCE
(meters) 0.009 ~ 0.490 0.490 ~ 1.705 1.705 ~ 30.0 30 ~ 88 88 ~ 216 216 ~ 960 Above 960 2400/F(kHz) 24000/F(kHz) 30 100 150 200 500 300 30 30 3 3 3 3 NOTE:
1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). 3. For frequencies above 1000MHz, the field strength limits are based on average detector, however, the peak field strength of any emission shall not exceed the maximum permitted average limits, specified above by more than 30dB under any condition of modulation. Report No.: RF120712C20 17 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION &
MANUFACTURER Test Receiver ROHDE & SCHWARZ Spectrum Analyzer ROHDE & SCHWARZ BILOG Antenna SCHWARZBECK HORN Antenna SCHWARZBECK HORN Antenna SCHWARZBECK Loop Antenna Preamplifier Agilent Preamplifier Agilent RF signal cable HUBER+SUHNNER RF signal cable HUBER+SUHNNER RF signal cable HUBER+SUHNNER Software ADT Antenna Tower inn-co GmbH Antenna Tower Controller inn-co GmbH Turn Table ADT Turn Table Controller ADT 26GHz ~ 40GHz Amplifier High Speed Peak Power Meter Power Sensor MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. DATE OF CALIBRATION DUE DATE OF CALIBRATION ESI7 FSU43 838496/016 Jan. 03, 2012 Jan. 02, 2013 100115 Sep. 05, 2011 Sep. 04, 2012 VULB9168 9168-155 Apr. 06, 2012 Apr. 05, 2013 BBHA 9120D 9120D-408 Jan. 05, 2012 Jan. 04, 2013 BBHA 9170 HFH2-Z2 8449B 148 100070 3008A01961 Jul. 11, 2012 Jan. 31, 2012 Oct. 29, 2011 Jul. 10, 2013 Jan. 30, 2014 Oct. 28, 2012 8447D 2944A10738 Oct. 29, 2011 Oct. 28, 2012 SUCOFLEX 104 309220/4 Nov. 03, 2011 Nov. 02, 2012 SUCOFLEX 104 250724/4 Nov. 03, 2011 Nov. 02, 2012 295012/4 Nov. 03, 2011 Nov. 02, 2012 SUCOFLEX 104 ADT_Radiated_ V7.6.15.9.2 MA 4000 CO2000 NA 010303 019303 TT100. TT93021704 SC100. EM26400 ML2495A MA2411B SC93021704 815221 0842014 0738404 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Oct. 29, 2011 Apr. 28, 2012 Apr. 28, 2012 Oct. 28, 2012 Apr. 27, 2013 Apr. 27, 2013 NOTE: 1. The calibration interval of the above test instruments is 12 months and the calibrations are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 2. The calibration interval of the loop antenna is 24 months and the calibrations are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 3. The test was performed in HwaYa Chamber 4. 4. The horn antenna and HP preamplifier (model: 8449B) are used only for the measurement of emission frequency above 1GHz if tested. 5. The FCC Site Registration No. is 460141. 6. The IC Site Registration No. is IC7450F-4. Report No.: RF120712C20 18 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.3 TEST PROCEDURES a. The EUT was placed on the top of a rotating table 0.8 meters above the ground at a 3 meters semi-anechoic chamber. The table was rotated 360 degrees to determine the position of the highest radiation. b. The EUT was set 3 meters away from the interference-receiving antenna, which was mounted on the top of a variable-height antenna tower. c. The antenna is a broadband antenna, and its height is varied from one meter to four meters above the ground to determine the maximum value of the field strength. Both horizontal and vertical polarizations of the antenna are set to make the measurement. d. For each suspected emission, the EUT was arranged to its worst case and then the antenna was tuned to heights from 1 meter to 4 meters and the rotatable table was turned from 0 degrees to 360 degrees to find the maximum reading. e. The test-receiver system was set to Peak Detect Function and Specified Bandwidth with Maximum Hold Mode. f. If the emission level of the EUT in peak mode was lower than the limit specified, then testing could be stopped and the peak values of the EUT would be reported. Otherwise the emissions would be re-tested one by one using peak, quasi-peak or average method as specified and then reported in a data sheet. NOTE:
1. The resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 120kHz for Quasi-peak detection at frequency below 1GHz. 2. The resolution bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 100kHz and video bandwidth is 300kHz for Peak detection at frequency above 1GHz. 3. The resolution bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 1MHz and the video bandwidth is 1kHz for Average detection (AV) at frequency above 1GHz. 4. All modes of operation were investigated and the worst-case emissions are reported. 4.1.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. Report No.: RF120712C20 19 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.5 TEST SETUP For the actual test configuration, please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). 4.1.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS a. Placed the EUT on the testing table. b. Prepared two notebooks to act as communication partners and placed them outside of testing area. c. The communication partner connected with EUT via a RJ45 cable and run a test program (provided by manufacturer) to enable EUT under transmission condition continuously at specific channel frequency. d. The communication partner sent data to EUT by command "PING". Report No.: RF120712C20 20 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.7 TEST RESULTS ABOVE 1GHz DATA 802.11b EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 1 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Antony Lee NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2390.00 2390.00
#2400.00
#2400.00
*2412.00
*2412.00 4824.00 4824.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) 74.0 54.0 82.8 78.9
-11.4
-3.9
-15.8
-19.4 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 30.60 62.6 PK 18.10 50.1 AV 35.00 67.0 PK 27.50 59.5 AV 80.80 112.8 PK 76.90 108.9 AV 13.60 52.0 PK 47.0 AV 8.60 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.28 H 1.28 H 324 324 324 324 324 324 46 46
-22.0
-7.0 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2390.00 2390.00
#2400.00
#2400.00
*2412.00
*2412.00 4824.00 4824.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 58.2 PK 47.1 AV 62.8 PK 58.8 AV 112.2 PK 108.2 AV 54.3 PK 51.3 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 82.2 78.2 74.0 54.0
-15.8
-6.9
-19.4
-19.4
-19.7
-2.7 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.01 V 1.01 V 1.01 V 1.01 V 11 11 11 11 11 11 268 268
(dBuV) 26.20 15.10 30.80 26.80 80.20 76.20 15.90 12.90 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 38.40 38.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 38.40 38.40 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20 21 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 6 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Antony Lee NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2352.00 2352.00
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-14.5
-1.9 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 27.70 59.5 PK 20.30 52.1 AV 80.70 112.8 PK 76.40 108.5 AV 14.30 52.7 PK 48.3 AV 9.90 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.41 H 1.41 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 323 323 324 324 263 263
-21.3
-5.7 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2352.00 2352.00
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 60.7 PK 50.4 AV 111.8 PK 107.9 AV 53.2 PK 51.0 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-13.3
-3.6
-20.8
-3.0 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.01 V 1.01 V 274 274 2 2 270 270
(dBuV) 28.90 18.60 79.70 75.80 14.80 12.60 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 31.80 31.80 32.10 32.10 38.40 38.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 31.80 31.80 32.10 32.10 38.40 38.40 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120712C20 22 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 11 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Antony Lee NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2375.00 2375.00
*2462.00
*2462.00 2483.50 2483.50 4924.00 4924.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-11.3
-1.0 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 62.7 PK 30.80 53.0 AV 21.10 112.8 PK 80.60 108.8 AV 76.60 60.8 PK 28.50 49.2 AV 16.90 53.1 PK 14.70 48.8 AV 10.40 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.51 H 1.51 H 1.41 H 1.41 H 1.41 H 1.41 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 326 326 324 324 324 324 30 30
-13.2
-4.8
-20.9
-5.2 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2375.00 2375.00
*2462.00
*2462.00 2483.50 2483.50 4924.00 4924.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 59.4 PK 51.4 AV 114.0 PK 110.2 AV 59.9 PK 48.1 AV 54.2 PK 50.2 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-14.6
-2.6
-14.1
-5.9
-19.8
-3.8 1.20 V 1.20 V 1.17 V 1.17 V 1.17 V 1.17 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 289 289 273 273 273 273 276 276
(dBuV) 27.50 19.50 81.80 78.00 27.60 15.80 15.80 11.80 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 31.90 31.90 32.20 32.20 32.30 32.30 38.40 38.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 31.90 31.90 32.20 32.20 32.30 32.30 38.40 38.40 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120712C20 23 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11g EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 1 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Antony Lee NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2390.00 2390.00
#2400.00
#2400.00
*2412.00
*2412.00 4824.00 4824.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) 74.0 54.0 79.0 67.9
-14.8
-6.0
-3.0
-3.1 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 59.2 PK 27.20 48.0 AV 16.00 76.0 PK 44.00 64.8 AV 32.80 109.0 PK 77.00 97.9 AV 65.90 46.5 PK 8.10 32.7 AV
-5.70 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 326 326 326 326 326 326 105 105
-27.5
-21.3 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2390.00 2390.00
#2400.00
#2400.00
*2412.00
*2412.00 4824.00 4824.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 58.2 PK 47.2 AV 75.6 PK 64.0 AV 109.5 PK 97.9 AV 46.0 PK 32.9 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 79.5 67.9 74.0 54.0
-15.8
-6.8
-3.9
-3.9
-28.0
-21.1 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 270 270 270 270 270 270 15 15
(dBuV) 26.20 15.20 43.60 32.00 77.50 65.90 7.60
-5.50 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 38.40 38.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 38.40 38.40 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20 24 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 6 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Antony Lee NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2390.00 2390.00
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-14.0
-4.8 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 60.0 PK 28.00 49.2 AV 17.20 115.1 PK 83.00 102.8 AV 70.70 46.1 PK 7.70 34.4 AV
-4.00 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.41 H 1.41 H 1.41 H 1.41 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 325 325 325 325 215 215
-27.9
-19.6 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2437.00
*2437.00 2483.50 2483.50 4874.00 4874.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 115.9 PK 102.7 AV 59.9 PK 49.2 AV 45.5 PK 33.2 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-14.1
-4.8
-28.5
-20.8 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 2 2 5 5 158 158
(dBuV) 83.80 70.60 27.60 16.90 7.10
-5.20 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.00 32.00 32.10 32.10 38.40 38.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.10 32.10 32.30 32.30 38.40 38.40 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120712C20 25 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 11 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Antony Lee NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2462.00
*2462.00 2483.50 2483.50 4924.00 4924.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 110.1 PK 77.90 98.9 AV 66.70 66.3 PK 34.00 48.5 AV 16.20 45.5 PK 7.10 32.2 AV
-6.20 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.39 H 1.39 H 1.39 H 1.39 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 322 322 323 323 148 148
-7.7
-5.5
-28.5
-21.8 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2379.00 2379.00
*2462.00
*2462.00 2483.50 2483.50 4924.00 4924.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 61.6 PK 49.2 AV 111.1 PK 99.7 AV 61.3 PK 49.9 AV 45.6 PK 34.0 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-12.4
-4.8
-12.7
-4.1
-28.4
-20.0 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 56 56 277 277 277 277 53 53
(dBuV) 29.70 17.30 78.90 67.50 29.00 17.60 7.20
-4.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.20 32.20 32.30 32.30 38.40 38.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 31.90 31.90 32.20 32.20 32.30 32.30 38.40 38.40 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120712C20 26 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (20MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 1 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Antony Lee NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2390.00 2390.00
#2400.00
#2400.00
*2412.00
*2412.00 4824.00 4824.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) 74.0 54.0 79.2 67.6
-14.3
-5.2
-3.1
-3.1 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 59.7 PK 27.70 48.8 AV 16.80 76.1 PK 44.10 64.5 AV 32.50 109.2 PK 77.20 97.6 AV 65.60 45.1 PK 6.70 32.3 AV
-6.10 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.47 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 325 325 325 325 325 325 159 159
-28.9
-21.7 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2390.00 2390.00
#2400.00
#2400.00
*2412.00
*2412.00 4824.00 4824.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 59.0 PK 46.5 AV 76.5 PK 64.3 AV 109.5 PK 97.3 AV 45.4 PK 32.8 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 79.5 67.3 74.0 54.0
-15.0
-7.5
-3.0
-3.0
-28.6
-21.2 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 20 20 20 20 20 20 21 21
(dBuV) 27.00 14.50 44.50 32.30 77.50 65.30 7.00
-5.60 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 38.40 38.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 38.40 38.40 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20 27 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 6 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Antony Lee NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2390.00 2390.00
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-14.4
-4.2 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 59.6 PK 27.60 49.8 AV 17.80 115.7 PK 83.60 103.0 AV 70.90 47.3 PK 8.90 34.5 AV
-3.90 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.45 H 1.45 H 1.45 H 1.45 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 322 322 322 322 226 226
-26.7
-19.5 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2437.00
*2437.00 2483.50 2483.50 4874.00 4874.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 115.1 PK 102.3 AV 60.3 PK 49.7 AV 46.3 PK 33.5 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-13.7
-4.3
-27.7
-20.5 1.02 V 1.02 V 1.02 V 1.02 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 5 5 5 5 159 159
(dBuV) 83.00 70.20 28.00 17.40 7.90
-4.90 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.00 32.00 32.10 32.10 38.40 38.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.10 32.10 32.30 32.30 38.40 38.40 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120712C20 28 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 11 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Antony Lee NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2462.00
*2462.00 2483.50 2483.50 4924.00 4924.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 110.5 PK 78.30 98.4 AV 66.20 63.0 PK 30.70 49.7 AV 17.40 46.2 PK 7.80 33.4 AV
-5.00 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.43 H 1.43 H 1.43 H 1.43 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 322 322 323 323 157 157
-11.0
-4.3
-27.8
-20.6 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2462.00
*2462.00 2483.50 2483.50 4924.00 4924.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 111.1 PK 98.2 AV 62.9 PK 49.3 AV 46.3 PK 35.2 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-11.1
-4.7
-27.7
-18.8 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 4 4 4 4 55 55
(dBuV) 78.90 66.00 30.60 17.00 7.90
-3.20 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.20 32.20 32.30 32.30 38.40 38.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.20 32.20 32.30 32.30 38.40 38.40 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120712C20 29 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (40MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 3 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Antony Lee NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2390.00 2390.00
#2400.00
#2400.00
*2422.00
*2422.00 4844.00 4844.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB)
-8.1
-3.9
-5.0
-5.0 74.0 54.0 73.1 61.1 LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 65.9 PK 33.90 50.1 AV 18.10 68.1 PK 36.10 56.1 AV 24.10 103.1 PK 71.00 91.1 AV 59.00 45.7 PK 7.30 32.4 AV
-6.00 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.43 H 1.43 H 1.43 H 1.43 H 1.43 H 1.43 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 324 324 324 324 324 324 253 253
-28.3
-21.6 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2390.00 2390.00
#2400.00
#2400.00
*2422.00
*2422.00 4844.00 4844.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 67.3 PK 51.9 AV 67.2 PK 55.0 AV 103.2 PK 91.0 AV 45.8 PK 32.5 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 73.2 61.0 74.0 54.0
-6.7
-2.1
-6.0
-6.0
-28.2
-21.5 1.02 V 1.02 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 279 279 279 279 279 279 231 231
(dBuV) 35.30 19.90 35.20 23.00 71.10 58.90 7.40
-5.90 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.10 32.10 38.40 38.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.00 32.10 32.10 38.40 38.40 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20 30 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 6 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Antony Lee NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2390.00 2390.00
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-15.1
-5.9 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 58.9 PK 26.90 48.1 AV 16.10 106.0 PK 73.90 93.3 AV 61.20 47.3 PK 8.90 33.8 AV
-4.60 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.43 H 1.43 H 1.43 H 1.43 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 322 322 322 322 12 12
-26.7
-20.2 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 2390.00 2390.00
*2437.00
*2437.00 4874.00 4874.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 57.2 PK 46.5 AV 106.2 PK 93.3 AV 46.2 PK 33.5 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-16.8
-7.5
-27.8
-20.5 1.01 V 1.01 V 1.01 V 1.01 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 2 2 2 2 241 241
(dBuV) 25.20 14.50 74.10 61.20 7.80
-4.90 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.00 32.00 32.10 32.10 38.40 38.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.00 32.00 32.10 32.10 38.40 38.40 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120712C20 31 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 9 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 25GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Antony Lee NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2452.00
*2452.00 2483.50 2483.50 4904.00 4904.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 102.3 PK 70.10 90.8 AV 58.60 64.7 PK 32.40 49.1 AV 16.80 45.9 PK 7.40 33.6 AV
-4.90 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.40 H 1.40 H 1.40 H 1.40 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 324 324 324 324 123 123
-9.3
-4.9
-28.1
-20.4 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*2452.00
*2452.00 2483.50 2483.50 4904.00 4904.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 103.5 PK 89.7 AV 65.8 PK 50.6 AV 45.9 PK 33.4 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-8.2
-3.4
-28.1
-20.6 1.01 V 1.01 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 3 3 2 2 235 235
(dBuV) 71.30 57.50 33.50 18.30 7.40
-5.10 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.20 32.20 32.30 32.30 38.50 38.50 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 32.20 32.20 32.30 32.30 38.50 38.50 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. Report No.: RF120712C20 32 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 BELOW 1GHz WORST-CASE DATA802.11g EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 26deg. C, 69%RH 120Vac, 60 Hz Channel 6 MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE Below 1000MHz DETECTOR FUNCTION Quasi-Peak TESTED BY Brad Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 125.17 282.66 358.48 624.85 751.23 887.33 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 16.40 29.0 QP 18.10 33.1 QP 18.50 35.8 QP 12.20 35.9 QP 11.10 36.9 QP 35.0 QP 6.60 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.99 H 1.24 H 1.00 H 1.24 H 1.00 H 1.49 H
-14.5
-12.9
-10.2
-10.1
-9.1
-11.0 43.5 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 101 12 7 189 7 5 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 62.95 296.27 389.59 624.85 764.84 875.67 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 35.7 QP 33.4 QP 33.6 QP 34.0 QP 33.0 QP 34.8 QP LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 40.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0
-4.3
-12.6
-12.4
-12.0
-13.0
-11.2 1.00 V 1.24 V 1.24 V 1.74 V 1.24 V 1.24 V 26 207 70 317 204 14
(dBuV) 22.50 17.80 15.50 10.30 6.80 6.60 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 12.60 15.00 17.30 23.70 25.80 28.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 13.20 15.60 18.10 23.70 26.20 28.20 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. Report No.: RF120712C20 33 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 4.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY OF EMISSION (MHz) 0.15 ~ 0.5 0.5 ~ 5 5 ~ 30 CONDUCTED LIMIT (dBV) Average 56 to 46 66 to 56 Quasi-peak 56 60 46 50 NOTE: 1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. The limit decreases in line with the logarithm of the frequency in the range of 0.15 to 0.50MHz. 3. All emanations from a class A/B digital device or system, including any network of conductors and apparatus connected thereto, shall not exceed the level of field strengths specified above. 4.2.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION &
MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. DATE OF CALIBRATION DUE DATE OF CALIBRATION 5D-FB 100291 ESCS30 Nov. 23, 2011 Cable-HYC01-01 Dec. 29, 2011 Test Receiver ROHDE & SCHWARZ RF signal cable Woken LISN ROHDE & SCHWARZ
(Peripheral) LISN ROHDE & SCHWARZ
(EUT) Software ADT NOTE: 1. The calibration interval of the above test instruments is 12 months and the calibrations BV ADT_Cond_ Feb. 07, 2012 Jul. 02, 2012 835239/001 ESH3-Z5 ESH3-Z5 V7.3.7.3 100312 NA NA NA Nov. 22, 2012 Dec. 28, 2012 Feb. 06, 2013 Jul. 01, 2013 are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 2. The test was performed in HwaYa Shielded Room 1. 3. The VCCI Site Registration No. is C-2040. Report No.: RF120712C20 34 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES a. The EUT was placed 0.4 meters from the conducting wall of the shielded room with EUT being connected to the power mains through a line impedance stabilization network (LISN). Other support units were connected to the power mains through another LISN. The two LISNs provide 50 ohm/ 50uH of coupling impedance for the measuring instrument. b. Both lines of the power mains connected to the EUT were checked for maximum conducted interference. c. The frequency range from 150kHz to 30MHz was searched. Emission levels under (Limit - 20dB) was not recorded. NOTE: All modes of operation were investigated and the worst-case emissions are reported. 4.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.2.5 TEST SETUP Ve rtic a l G ro u n d R e fe re n c e P la n e Te s t R e c e iv e r 4 0 c m E U T L IS N 8 0 c m H o riz o n ta l G ro u n d R e fe re n c e P la n e N o te : 1 .S u p p o rt u n its w e re c o n n e c te d to s e c o n d L IS N . 2 .B o th o f L IS N s (A M N ) a re 8 0 c m fro m E U T a n d a t le a s t 8 0 fro m o th e r u n its a n d o th e r m e ta l p la n e s For the actual test configuration, please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). 4.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.1.6. Report No.: RF120712C20 35 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.2.7 TEST RESULTS CONDUCTED WORST-CASE DATA802.11g PHASE Line 1 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz Corr. Factor
(dB) 0.12 0.13 0.13 0.24 0.59 1.20 Reading Value
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 45.63 28.06 38.63 23.20 43.86 31.87 35.10 20.84 27.16 19.08 33.79 29.04 Emission Level
[dB (uV)]
AV. 28.18 23.33 32.00 21.08 19.67 30.24 Q.P. 45.75 38.76 43.99 35.34 27.75 34.99 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 54.43 51.97 46.93 46.00 50.00 50.00 Q.P. 64.43 61.97 56.93 56.00 60.00 60.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-18.67
-23.21
-12.94
-20.66
-32.25
-25.01 AV.
-26.24
-28.64
-14.93
-24.92
-30.33
-19.76 No Freq.
[MHz]
1 2 3 4 5 6 0.18125 0.24375 0.44688 2.34766 8.98438 20.74219 REMARKS:
1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120712C20 36 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 PHASE Line 2 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz Corr. Factor
(dB) 0.13 0.14 0.16 0.23 0.61 1.03 Reading Value
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 45.51 29.76 38.59 25.40 45.20 36.29 34.76 20.58 32.85 24.85 33.99 29.05 Emission Level
[dB (uV)]
AV. 29.89 25.54 36.45 20.81 25.46 30.08 Q.P. 45.64 38.73 45.36 34.99 33.46 35.02 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 54.43 51.97 46.86 46.00 50.00 50.00 Q.P. 64.43 61.97 56.86 56.00 60.00 60.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-18.78
-23.24
-11.51
-21.01
-26.54
-24.98 AV.
-24.53
-26.43
-10.42
-25.19
-24.54
-19.92 1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. No Freq.
[MHz]
1 2 3 4 5 6 0.18125 0.24375 0.45078 1.88672 10.42578 21.74609 REMARKS:
Report No.: RF120712C20 37 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.3 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT 4.3.1 LIMITS OF 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT The minimum of 6dB Bandwidth Measurement is 0.5 MHz. 4.3.2 TEST SETUP EUT SPECTRUM ANALYZER 10dB ATTENUATION PAD 4.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 4.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE a. Set resolution bandwidth (RBW) = approximately 1% of the emission bandwidth b. Set the video bandwidth (VBW) 3 x RBW, Detector = Peak. c. Trace mode = max hold. d. Sweep = auto couple. e. Measure the maximum width of the emission that is constrained by the frequencies associated with the two amplitude points (upper and lower) that are attenuated by 6 dB relative to the maximum level measured in the fundamental emission 4.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS The software provided by client to enable the EUT under transmission condition continuously at lowest, middle and highest channel frequencies individually. Report No.: RF120712C20 38 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.3.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11b CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHz) PASS / FAIL 1 6 11 802.11g 2412 2437 2462 10.29 10.21 10.28 10.26 10.25 10.29 10.27 10.27 10.28 0.5 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS PASS CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHz) PASS / FAIL 1 6 11 2412 2437 2462 16.55 16.59 16.53 16.53 16.49 16.59 16.55 16.65 16.62 0.5 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (20MHz) CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHz) PASS / FAIL 1 6 11 2412 2437 2462 17.73 17.77 17.73 17.66 17.79 17.79 17.75 17.85 17.81 0.5 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (40MHz) CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHz) PASS / FAIL 3 6 9 2422 2437 2452 37.04 36.69 36.55 37.33 36.38 36.94 36.88 36.56 37.09 0.5 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS PASS Report No.: RF120712C20 39 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.4 CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER 4.4.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT For systems using digital modulation in the 24002483.5 MHz bands: 1 Watt
(30dBm) 4.4.2 TEST SETUP EUT 10dB ATTENUATION PAD Power Sensor Power Meter 4.4.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 4.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES An average power sensor was used on the output port of the EUT. A power meter was used to read the response of the average power sensor. Record the average power level. 4.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as Item 4.3.6. Report No.: RF120712C20 40 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.4.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11b CHAN. 1 6 11 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 AVG. POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 22.83 22.80 22.30 22.51 23.19 22.5 23.22 23.37 22.36 552.2 564.5 599.4 27.4 27.5 27.8 29.2 29.2 29.2 PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS PASS NOTE: Directional gain = 2dBi + 10log(3) = 6.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 30-(6.8-6) = 29.2dBm. 802.11g CHAN. 1 6 11 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 AVG. POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 17.29 18.27 16.93 22.84 23.04 23.16 18.05 17.73 17.00 170.0 600.7 173.2 22.31 27.79 22.39 29.2 29.2 29.2 PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS PASS NOTE: Directional gain = 2dBi + 10log(3) = 6.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 30-(6.8-6) = 29.2dBm. 802.11n (20MHz) CHAN. 1 6 11 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 AVG. POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 18.02 18.48 17.10 22.90 22.94 23.10 18.10 17.64 16.95 185.1 595.9 172.2 22.68 27.75 22.36 29.2 29.2 29.2 PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS PASS NOTE: Directional gain = 2dBi + 10log(3) = 6.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 30-(6.8-6) = 29.2dBm. 802.11n (40MHz) CHAN. 3 6 9 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 2422 2437 2452 AVG. POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 15.18 15.92 14.52 18.08 18.94 17.60 14.60 14.22 12.64 100.4 200.2 73.6 20.02 23.01 18.67 29.2 29.2 29.2 PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS PASS NOTE: Directional gain = 2dBi + 10log(3) = 6.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 30-(6.8-6) = 29.2dBm. Report No.: RF120712C20 41 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.5 POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT 4.5.1 LIMITS OF POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT The Maximum of Power Spectral Density Measurement is 8dBm. 4.5.2 TEST SETUP EUT 10dB ATTENUATION PAD SPECTRUM ANALYZER 4.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 4.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE a. Set the RBW = 100 kHz, VBW =300 kHz, Detector = average. b. Sweep time = 26s, Trace mode = max hold, allow trace to fully stabilize. c. Use the average marker function to determine the maximum power level in any 100 kHz band segment within the fundamental EBW. d. Scale the observed power level to an equivalent value in 3 kHz by adjusting
(reducing) the measured power by a bandwidth correction factor (BWCF) where BWCF = 10log(3 kHz/100kHz) 4.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION Same as Item 4.3.6 Report No.: RF120712C20 42 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.5.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11b TX chain Channel 0 1 2 1 6 11 1 6 11 1 6 11 FREQ.
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 2412 2437 2462 2412 2437 2462 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=3) dB Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz) Limit
(dBm/3kHz) 5.07 4.88 5.45 4.63 4.98 5.43 4.32 4.35 4.23
-10.16
-10.35
-9.78
-10.60
-10.25
-9.80
-10.91
-10.88
-11.00 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77
-5.39
-5.58
-5.01
-5.83
-5.48
-5.03
-6.14
-6.11
-6.23 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 NOTE: Directional gain = 2dBi + 10log(3) = 6.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 8-(6.8-6) = 7.2dBm. 802.11g TX chain Channel 0 1 2 1 6 11 1 6 11 1 6 11 FREQ.
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 2412 2437 2462 2412 2437 2462 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=3) dB Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz) Limit
(dBm/3kHz)
-2.99 2.51
-2.06
-2.11 2.88
-2.76
-3.78 2.28
-3.84
-18.22
-12.72
-17.29
-17.34
-12.35
-17.99
-19.01
-12.95
-19.07 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77
-13.45
-7.95
-12.52
-12.57
-7.58
-13.22
-14.24
-8.18
-14.30 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 NOTE: Directional gain = 2dBi + 10log(3) = 6.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 8-(6.8-6) = 7.2dBm. PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Report No.: RF120712C20 43 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (20MHz) TX chain Channel 0 1 2 1 6 11 1 6 11 1 6 11 FREQ.
(MHz) 2412 2437 2462 2412 2437 2462 2412 2437 2462 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=3) dB Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz) Limit
(dBm/3kHz)
-2.55 2.31
-2.34
-2.34 2.01
-2.96
-3.97 2.08
-3.96
-17.78
-12.92
-17.57
-17.57
-13.22
-18.19
-19.20
-13.15
-19.19 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77
-13.01
-8.15
-12.80
-12.80
-8.45
-13.42
-14.43
-8.38
-14.42 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 NOTE: Directional gain = 2dBi + 10log(3) = 6.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 8-(6.8-6) = 7.2dBm. 802.11n (40MHz) TX chain Channel 0 1 2 1 4 7 1 4 7 1 4 7 FREQ.
(MHz) 2422 2437 2452 2422 2437 2452 2422 2437 2452 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=3) dB Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz) Limit
(dBm/3kHz)
-8.30
-5.46
-8.90
-7.58
-4.60
-9.23
-9.19
-6.23
-11.04
-23.53
-20.69
-24.13
-22.81
-19.83
-24.46
-24.42
-21.46
-26.27 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77
-18.76
-15.92
-19.36
-18.04
-15.06
-19.69
-19.65
-16.69
-21.50 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 NOTE: Directional gain = 2dBi + 10log(3) = 6.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 8-(6.8-6) = 7.2dBm. PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Report No.: RF120712C20 44 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.6 CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT 4.6.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT Below 30dB of the highest emission level of operating band (in 100kHz Resolution Bandwidth). 4.6.2 TEST SETUP EUT 10dB ATTENUATION PAD SPECTRUM ANALYZER 4.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 4.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE REF 1. Set the RBW = 100 kHz. 2. Set the VBW 300 kHz. 3. Detector = rms. 4. Sweep time = 26 second. 5. Perform the measurement over a single sweep. 6. Use the peak marker function to determine the maximum power level in any 100 kHz band segment within the fundamental EBW. Report No.: RF120712C20 45 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE OOBE 1. Set RBW = 100 kHz. 2. Set VBW 300 kHz. 3. Set span to encompass the spectrum to be examined. 4. Detector = rms. 5. Sweep time = 26 second. 6. Perform the measurement over a single sweep. 4.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION Same as Item 4.3.6 4.6.7 TEST RESULTS The conducted emission test is performed on each TX port of operating mode without summing or adding 10log (N) since the limit is relative emission limit. Only worst data of each operating mode is presented. The spectrum plots are attached on the following pages. D1 line indicates the highest level, and D2 line indicates the 30dB offset below D1. It shows compliance with the requirement. Report No.: RF120712C20 46 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.6.8 TEST RESULTS CH 1 802.11b CH 6 Report No.: RF120712C20 47 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11b CH 11 802.11g CH 1 Report No.: RF120712C20 48 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 CH 6 802.11g CH 11 Report No.: RF120712C20 49 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 CH 1 802.11n(20MHz) CH 6 Report No.: RF120712C20 50 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n(20MHz) CH 11 802.11n(40MHz) CH 3 Report No.: RF120712C20 51 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 CH 6 802.11n(40MHz) CH 9 Report No.: RF120712C20 52 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5. TEST TYPES AND RESULTS (FOR 5.0GHz BAND) 5.1 RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 5.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT Radiated emissions which fall in the restricted bands must comply with the radiated emission limits specified as below table. Other emissions shall be at least 30dB below the highest level of the desired power:
FREQUENCIES
(MHz) FIELD STRENGTH
(microvolts/meter) MEASUREMENT DISTANCE
(meters) 0.009 ~ 0.490 0.490 ~ 1.705 1.705 ~ 30.0 30 ~ 88 88 ~ 216 216 ~ 960 Above 960 2400/F(kHz) 24000/F(kHz) 30 100 150 200 500 300 30 30 3 3 3 3 NOTE:
1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). 3. For frequencies above 1000MHz, the field strength limits are based on average detector, however, the peak field strength of any emission shall not exceed the maximum permitted average limits, specified above by more than 30dB under any condition of modulation. Report No.: RF120712C20 53 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.1.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS Same as item 4.1.2. 5.1.3 TEST PROCEDURES Same as item 4.1.3. 5.1.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 5.1.5 TEST SETUP Same as item 4.1.5. 5.1.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.1.6. Report No.: RF120712C20 54 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.1.7 TEST RESULTS ABOVE 1GHz DATA 802.11a EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 149 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
#5725.00
#5725.00
*5745.00
*5745.00 11490.00 11490.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 87.4 75.3
-12.9
-12.9 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 74.5 PK 35.00 62.4 AV 22.90 117.4 PK 77.80 105.3 AV 65.70 59.5 PK 7.80 46.9 AV
-4.80 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 291 291 299 299 248 248
-14.5
-7.1 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
#5725.00
#5725.00
*5745.00
*5745.00 11490.00 11490.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 77.6 PK 65.7 AV 119.4 PK 107.5 AV 60.5 PK 47.2 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 89.4 77.5 74.0 54.0
-11.8
-11.8
-13.5
-6.8 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 277 277 271 271 8 8
(dBuV) 38.10 26.20 79.80 67.90 8.80
-4.50 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.50 39.50 39.60 39.60 51.70 51.70 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.50 39.50 39.60 39.60 51.70 51.70 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. 7. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20 55 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 157 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5785.00
*5785.00 7713.00 7713.00 11570.00 11570.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 117.3 PK 77.60 105.2 AV 65.50 52.9 PK 7.70 38.5 AV
-6.70 60.6 PK 9.00 47.7 AV
-3.90 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 13 13 19 19 293 293
-21.1
-15.5
-13.4
-6.3 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5785.00
*5785.00 7713.00 7713.00 11570.00 11570.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 119.9 PK 107.7 AV 53.6 PK 39.6 AV 61.5 PK 48.9 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-20.4
-14.4
-12.5
-5.1 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 270 270 16 16 7 7
(dBuV) 80.20 68.00 8.40
-5.60 9.90
-2.70 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.70 39.70 45.20 45.20 51.60 51.60 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.70 39.70 45.20 45.20 51.60 51.60 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. Report No.: RF120712C20 56 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 165 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5825.00
*5825.00
#5850.00
#5850.00 11650.00 11650.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 117.2 PK 77.50 105.1 AV 65.40 72.7 PK 32.90 60.6 AV 20.80 59.3 PK 7.70 46.8 AV
-4.80 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.10 H 1.10 H 1.03 H 1.03 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 299 299 296 296 244 244
-14.5
-14.5
-14.7
-7.2 87.2 75.1 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5825.00
*5825.00
#5850.00
#5850.00 11650.00 11650.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 119.0 PK 106.9 AV 75.8 PK 63.7 AV 60.3 PK 47.1 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 89.0 76.9 74.0 54.0
-13.2
-13.2
-13.7
-6.9 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 274 274 270 270 10 10
(dBuV) 79.30 67.20 36.00 23.90 8.70
-4.50 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.70 39.70 39.80 39.80 51.60 51.60 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.70 39.70 39.80 39.80 51.60 51.60 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. 7. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20 57 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (20MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 149 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
#5725.00
#5725.00
*5745.00
*5745.00 11490.00 11490.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 87.7 75.1
-10.4
-10.4 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 77.3 PK 37.80 64.7 AV 25.20 117.7 PK 78.10 105.1 AV 65.50 60.0 PK 8.30 46.1 AV
-5.60 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.18 H 1.18 H 1.11 H 1.11 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 306 306 301 301 275 275
-14.0
-7.9 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
#5725.00
#5725.00
*5745.00
*5745.00 11490.00 11490.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 81.4 PK 69.1 AV 120.0 PK 107.7 AV 61.0 PK 47.4 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 90.0 77.7 74.0 54.0
-8.6
-8.6
-13.0
-6.6 1.48 V 1.48 V 1.02 V 1.02 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 4 4 271 271 9 9
(dBuV) 41.90 29.60 80.40 68.10 9.30
-4.30 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.50 39.50 39.60 39.60 51.70 51.70 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.50 39.50 39.60 39.60 51.70 51.70 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. 7. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20 58 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 157 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5785.00
*5785.00 7713.00 7713.00 11570.00 11570.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 117.2 PK 77.50 104.7 AV 65.00 51.6 PK 6.40 37.5 AV
-7.70 61.0 PK 9.40 47.9 AV
-3.70 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 299 299 295 295 283 283
-22.4
-16.5
-13.0
-6.1 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5785.00
*5785.00 7713.00 7713.00 11570.00 11570.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 119.5 PK 107.3 AV 52.4 PK 38.7 AV 62.0 PK 48.1 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 74.0 54.0
-21.6
-15.3
-12.0
-5.9 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 273 273 10 10 20 20
(dBuV) 79.80 67.60 7.20
-6.50 10.40
-3.50 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.70 39.70 45.20 45.20 51.60 51.60 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.70 39.70 45.20 45.20 51.60 51.60 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. Report No.: RF120712C20 59 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 165 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5825.00
*5825.00
#5850.00
#5850.00 11650.00 11650.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 116.7 PK 77.00 104.3 AV 64.60 75.4 PK 35.60 63.0 AV 23.20 59.5 PK 7.90 46.9 AV
-4.70 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 50 50 52 52 202 202
-11.3
-11.3
-14.5
-7.1 86.7 74.3 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5825.00
*5825.00
#5850.00
#5850.00 11650.00 11650.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 119.1 PK 107.3 AV 79.7 PK 67.9 AV 60.5 PK 47.2 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 89.1 77.3 74.0 54.0
-9.4
-9.4
-13.5
-6.8 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 268 268 263 263 13 13
(dBuV) 79.40 67.60 39.90 28.10 8.90
-4.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.70 39.70 39.80 39.80 51.60 51.60 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.70 39.70 39.80 39.80 51.60 51.60 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. 7. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20 60 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (40MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 151 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
#5725.00
#5725.00
*5755.00
*5755.00 11510.00 11510.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
-5.2
-5.2
(dBuV/m) 82.0 70.8 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 76.8 PK 37.30 65.6 AV 26.10 112.0 PK 72.40 100.8 AV 61.20 59.3 PK 7.60 46.8 AV
-4.90 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 57 57 60 60 249 249
-14.7
-7.2 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
#5725.00
#5725.00
*5755.00
*5755.00 11510.00 11510.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 82.3 PK 71.6 AV 116.2 PK 105.5 AV 60.3 PK 47.1 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 86.2 75.5 74.0 54.0
-3.9
-3.9
-13.7
-6.9 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 279 279 270 270 19 19
(dBuV) 42.80 32.10 76.60 65.90 8.60
-4.60 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.50 39.50 39.60 39.60 51.70 51.70 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.50 39.50 39.60 39.60 51.70 51.70 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. 7. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20 61 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 159 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5795.00
*5795.00
#5850.00
#5850.00 11590.00 11590.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 112.2 PK 72.50 101.4 AV 61.70 64.3 PK 24.50 53.5 AV 13.70 59.2 PK 7.70 46.1 AV
-5.40 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 297 297 291 291 217 217
-17.9
-17.9
-14.8
-7.9 82.2 71.4 74.0 54.0 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6
*5795.00
*5795.00
#5850.00
#5850.00 11590.00 11590.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 116.8 PK 105.3 AV 70.5 PK 59.0 AV 60.2 PK 47.4 AV LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 86.8 75.3 74.0 54.0
-16.3
-16.3
-13.8
-6.6 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 271 271 276 276 11 11
(dBuV) 77.10 65.60 30.70 19.20 8.70
-4.10 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.70 39.70 39.80 39.80 51.50 51.50 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 39.70 39.70 39.80 39.80 51.50 51.50 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. The limit value is defined as per 15.247. 7. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20 62 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 BELOW 1GHz WORST-CASE DATA802.11a EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 26deg. C, 69%RH 120Vac, 60 Hz Channel 157 MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE Below 1000MHz DETECTOR FUNCTION Quasi-Peak TESTED BY Brad Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 61.01 290.43 424.59 500.42 624.85 755.12 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 14.10 27.6 QP 18.30 33.6 QP 14.00 33.1 QP 13.00 34.1 QP 13.40 37.1 QP 34.1 QP 8.20 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.25 H 1.00 H 1.75 H 1.75 H 1.25 H 1.00 H
-12.4
-12.4
-12.9
-11.9
-8.9
-11.9 40.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 221 180 3 184 185 256 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 62.95 284.60 389.59 624.85 751.23 875.67 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 36.2 QP 33.2 QP 33.2 QP 34.7 QP 34.4 QP 35.2 QP LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 40.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0
-3.8
-12.8
-12.8
-11.3
-11.6
-10.8 1.00 V 1.49 V 1.24 V 1.49 V 1.24 V 1.24 V 13 205 351 151 223 0
(dBuV) 23.00 18.10 15.10 11.00 8.60 7.00 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 13.50 15.30 19.10 21.10 23.70 25.90 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 13.20 15.10 18.10 23.70 25.80 28.20 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. Report No.: RF120712C20 63 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 5.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY OF EMISSION (MHz) 0.15 ~ 0.5 0.5 ~ 5 5 ~ 30 CONDUCTED LIMIT (dBV) Average 56 to 46 66 to 56 Quasi-peak 56 60 46 50 NOTE: 1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. The limit decreases in line with the logarithm of the frequency in the range of 0.15 to 0.50MHz. 3. All emanations from a class A/B digital device or system, including any network of conductors and apparatus connected thereto, shall not exceed the level of field strengths specified above. 5.2.2 T EST INSTRUMENTS Same as item 4.2.2. 5.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES Same as item 4.2.3. 5.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 5.2.5 TEST SETUP Same as item 4.2.5. 5.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.1.6 Report No.: RF120712C20 64 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.2.7 TEST RESULTS CONDUCTED WORST-CASE DATA802.11a PHASE Line 1 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz Corr. Factor
(dB) 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.19 0.60 1.23 Reading Value
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 43.92 26.88 36.47 23.51 46.00 34.00 36.34 20.21 27.09 19.17 33.30 28.36 Emission Level
[dB (uV)]
AV. 27.00 23.64 34.14 20.40 19.77 29.59 Q.P. 44.04 36.60 46.14 36.53 27.69 34.53 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 54.43 51.58 46.86 46.00 50.00 50.00 Q.P. 64.43 61.58 56.86 56.00 60.00 60.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-20.38
-24.98
-10.73
-19.47
-32.31
-25.47 AV.
-27.42
-27.94
-12.73
-25.60
-30.23
-20.41 No Freq.
[MHz]
1 2 3 4 5 6 0.18125 0.25547 0.45078 0.98203 9.11328 21.35156 REMARKS:
1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120712C20 65 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 PHASE Line 2 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz Corr. Factor
(dB) 0.14 0.14 0.15 0.21 0.60 0.99 Reading Value
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 44.55 32.12 37.23 26.72 45.35 36.78 37.86 21.72 32.80 24.46 34.33 29.37 Emission Level
[dB (uV)]
AV. 32.26 26.86 36.93 21.93 25.06 30.36 Q.P. 44.69 37.37 45.50 38.07 33.40 35.32 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 54.25 51.84 46.93 46.00 50.00 50.00 Q.P. 64.25 61.84 56.93 56.00 60.00 60.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-19.57
-24.46
-11.43
-17.93
-26.60
-24.68 AV.
-22.00
-24.97
-10.00
-24.07
-24.94
-19.64 No Freq.
[MHz]
1 2 3 4 5 6 0.18516 0.24766 0.44688 0.99375 10.29297 20.42969 REMARKS:
1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120712C20 66 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.3 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT 5.3.1 LIMITS OF 6dB BANDWIDTH MEASUREMENT The minimum of 6dB Bandwidth Measurement is 0.5MHz. 5.3.2 TEST SETUP Same as item 4.3.2. 5.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 5.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE Same as item 4.3.4. 5.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 5.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as item 4.3.6. Report No.: RF120712C20 67 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.3.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11a CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHz) PASS / FAIL 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825 16.56 16.68 16.59 16.59 16.67 16.61 16.65 16.65 16.63 0.5 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (20MHz) CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHz) PASS / FAIL 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825 17.89 17.83 17.86 17.76 17.93 17.88 17.87 17.87 17.83 0.5 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (40MHz) CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 6dB BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 MINIMUM LIMIT (MHZ) PASS / FAIL 151 159 5755 5795 37.16 37.41 37.26 37.09 37.18 37.10 0.5 0.5 PASS PASS Report No.: RF120712C20 68 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.4 CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER 5.4.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUTPUT POWER MEASUREMENT For systems using digital modulation in the 5725 5850 MHz bands: 1 Watt
(30dBm) 5.4.2 TEST SETUP Same as Item 4.4.2. 5.4.3 INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 5.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES Same as Item 4.4.4. 5.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 5.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as Item 4.3.6. Report No.: RF120712C20 69 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.4.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11a CHAN. 149 157 165 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5745 5785 5825 AVG. POWER (dBm)) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 22.35 21.24 22.15 22.04 21.84 22.40 22.05 21.80 21.81 468.9 486.5 463.4 26.71 26.87 26.66 28.2 28.2 28.2 PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS PASS NOTE: Directional gain = 3dBi + 10log(3) = 7.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 30-(7.8-6) = 28.2dBm. 802.11n (20MHz) CHAN. 149 157 165 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5745 5785 5825 AVG. POWER (dBm)) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 22.24 21.40 22.03 21.87 21.70 22.22 21.90 21.73 21.84 465.1 468.5 456.6 26.68 26.71 26.60 28.2 28.2 28.2 PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS PASS NOTE: Directional gain = 3dBi + 10log(3) = 7.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 30-(7.8-6) = 28.2dBm. 802.11n (40MHz) CHAN. 151 159 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5755 5795 AVG. POWER (dBm)) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 22.11 21.40 21.97 21.68 21.76 22.05 458.0 457.5 26.61 26.60 28.2 28.2 PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS NOTE: Directional gain = 3dBi + 10log(3) = 7.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 30-(7.8-6) = 28.2dBm. Report No.: RF120712C20 70 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.5 POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT 5.5.1 LIMITS OF POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT The Maximum of Power Spectral Density Measurement is 8dBm. 5.5.2 TEST SETUP Same as item 4.5.2. 5.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 5.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE. Same as item 4.5.4. 5.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 5.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION Same as item 4.3.6. Report No.: RF120712C20 71 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.5.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11a TX chain Channel 0 1 2 149 157 165 149 157 165 149 157 165 FREQ.
(MHz) 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=3) dB Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz) Limit
(dBm/3kHz) 2.52 2.47 2.57 2.01 2.41 2.34 2.27 2.62 2.10
-12.71
-12.76
-12.66
-13.22
-12.82
-12.89
-12.96
-12.61
-13.13 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77
-7.94
-7.99
-7.89
-8.45
-8.05
-8.12
-8.19
-7.84
-8.36 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 NOTE: Directional gain = 3dBi + 10log(3) = 7.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 8-(7.8-6) = 6.2dBm. 802.11n (20MHz) TX chain Channel 0 1 2 149 157 165 149 157 165 149 157 165 FREQ.
(MHz) 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 5745 5785 5825 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=3) dB Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz) Limit
(dBm/3kHz) 1.88 2.02 1.52 1.42 2.25 1.69 2.01 2.51 2.01
-13.35
-13.21
-13.71
-13.81
-12.98
-13.54
-13.22
-12.72
-13.22 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77
-8.58
-8.44
-8.94
-9.04
-8.21
-8.77
-8.45
-7.95
-8.45 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 NOTE: Directional gain = 3dBi + 10log(3) = 7.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 8-(7.8-6) = 6.2dBm. 802.11n (40MHz) TX chain Channel 0 1 2 151 159 151 159 151 159 FREQ.
(MHz) 5755 5795 5755 5795 5755 5795 PSD
(dBm/100kHz) PSD
(dBm/3kHz) 10 log
(N=3) dB Total PSD
(dBm/3kHz) Limit
(dBm/3kHz)
-0.68
-0.90
-1.36
-1.23
-1.30
-1.11
-15.91
-16.13
-16.59
-16.46
-16.53
-16.34 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77 4.77
-11.14
-11.36
-11.82
-11.69
-11.76
-11.57 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 NOTE: Directional gain = 3dBi + 10log(3) = 7.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 8-(7.8-6) = 6.2dBm. PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Report No.: RF120712C20 72 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5.6 CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT 5.6.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED OUT OF BAND EMISSION MEASUREMENT Below 30dB of the highest emission level of operating band (in 100kHz Resolution Bandwidth). 5.6.2 TEST SETUP Same as Item 4.6.2 5.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.2 to get information of above instrument. 5.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE Same as Item 4.6.4 5.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 5.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION Same as Item 4.3.6 5.6.7 TEST RESULTS The conducted emission test is performed on each TX port of operating mode without summing or adding 10log (N) since the limit is relative emission limit. Only worst data of each operating mode is presented. The spectrum plots are attached on the following pages. D1 line indicates the highest level, and D2 line indicates the 30dB offset below D1. It shows compliance with the requirement. Report No.: RF120712C20 73 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 CH 149 802.11a CH 157 Report No.: RF120712C20 74 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11a CH 165 802.11n(20MHz) CH 149 Report No.: RF120712C20 75 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 CH 157 802.11n(20MHz) CH 165 Report No.: RF120712C20 76 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 CH 151 802.11n(40MHz) CH 159 Report No.: RF120712C20 77 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 6. PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE TEST CONFIGURATION Please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). Report No.: RF120712C20 78 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 7. INFORMATION ON THE TESTING LABORATORIES We, Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, were founded in 1988 to provide our best service in EMC, Radio, Telecom and Safety consultation. Our laboratories are accredited and approved according to ISO/IEC 17025. If you have any comments, please feel free to contact us at the following:
Linko EMC/RF Lab Tel: 886-2-26052180 Fax: 886-2-26051924 Hwa Ya EMC/RF/Safety/Telecom Lab Tel: 886-3-3183232 Fax: 886-3-3270892 Email: service.adt@tw.bureauveritas.com Web Site: www.adt.com.tw The address and road map of all our labs can be found in our web site also. Hsin Chu EMC/RF Lab Tel: 886-3-5935343 Fax: 886-3-5935342 Report No.: RF120712C20 79 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0 8. APPENDIX A - MODIFICATIONS RECORDERS FOR ENGINEERING CHANGES TO THE EUT BY THE LAB No modifications were made to the EUT by the lab during the test.
---END---
Report No.: RF120712C20 80 of 80 Report Format Version 5.0.0
1 2 3 | Test Report - 15E | Test Report | 485.69 KiB | August 13 2012 |
FCC TEST REPORT (15.407) REPORT NO.: RF120712C20-1 MODEL NO.: WNDR4700
(refer to item 3.1 for more detail) FCC ID: PY311400179 RECEIVED: Jul. 12, 2012 TESTED: Jul. 18 ~ Jul. 23, 2012 ISSUED: Jul. 26, 2012 APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. ADDRESS: 350 East Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 ISSUED BY: Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services
(H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch LAB ADDRESS: No. 47, 14th Ling, Chia Pau Vil., Lin Kou Dist., New Taipei City, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEST LOCATION: No. 19, Hwa Ya 2nd Rd, Wen Hwa Tsuen, Kwei Shan Hsiang, Taoyuan Hsien 333, Taiwan, R.O.C. This report should not be used by the client to claim product certification, approval, or endorsement by TAF or any government agencies. This report is for your exclusive use. Any copying or replication of this report to or for any other person or entity, or use of our name or trademark, is permitted only with our prior written permission. This report sets forth our findings solely with respect to the test samples identified herein. The results set forth in this report are not indicative or representative of the quality or characteristics of the lot from which a test sample was taken or any similar or identical product unless specifically and expressly noted. Our report includes all of the tests requested by you and the results thereof based upon the information that you provided to us. You have 60 days from date of issuance of this report to notify us of any material error or omission caused by our negligence, provided, however, that such notice shall be in writing and shall specifically address the issue you wish to raise. A failure to raise such issue within the prescribed time shall constitute your unqualified acceptance of the completeness of this report, the tests conducted and the correctness of the report contents. Unless specific mention, the uncertainty of measurement has been explicitly taken into account to declare the compliance or non-compliance to the specification. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 1 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS RELEASE CONTROL RECORD .............................................................................................. 4 CERTIFICATION........................................................................................................... 5 1. 2. SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS .................................................................................. 6 2.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY ................................................................................ 6 GENERAL INFORMATION ........................................................................................... 7 3. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EUT ............................................................................. 7 3.1 3.2 DESCRIPTION OF TEST MODES ............................................................................... 8 3.2.1 TEST MODE APPLICABILITY AND TESTED CHANNEL DETAIL ............................... 9 DUTY CYCLE OF TEST SIGNAL ............................................................................... 11 3.3 3.4 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT UNITS ....................................................................... 12 3.4.1 CONFIGURATION OF SYSTEM UNDER TEST ........................................................ 12 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF APPLIED STANDARDS ............................................ 13 3.5 TEST TYPES AND RESULTS .................................................................................... 14 4. 4.1 RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT ..................................... 14 4.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT .................. 14 4.1.2 LIMITS OF UNWANTED EMISSION OUT OF THE RESTRICTED BANDS .............. 14 4.1.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ................................................................................................ 15 4.1.4 TEST PROCEDURES ................................................................................................ 16 4.1.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ...................................................................... 16 4.1.6 TEST SETUP .............................................................................................................. 17 4.1.7 EUT OPERATING CONDITION .................................................................................. 17 4.1.8 TEST RESULTS ......................................................................................................... 18 4.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ............................................................. 27 4.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT ........................................... 27 4.2.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS ................................................................................................ 27 4.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES ................................................................................................ 28 4.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ...................................................................... 28 4.2.5 TEST SETUP .............................................................................................................. 28 4.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS ............................................................................... 28 4.2.7 TEST RESULTS ......................................................................................................... 29 4.3 PEAK TRANSMIT POWER MEASUREMENT ........................................................... 31 4.3.1 LIMITS OF PEAK TRANSMIT POWER MEASUREMENT ......................................... 31 4.3.2 TEST SETUP .............................................................................................................. 31 4.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ................................................................................................ 31 4.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................... 32 4.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ...................................................................... 32 4.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS ............................................................................... 32 4.3.7 TEST RESULTS ......................................................................................................... 33 4.4 PEAK POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT .......................................... 35 4.4.1 LIMITS OF PEAK POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT ........................ 35 4.4.2 TEST SETUP .............................................................................................................. 35 4.4.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ................................................................................................ 35 4.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES ................................................................................................ 35 4.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ...................................................................... 35 4.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS ............................................................................... 35 4.4.7 TEST RESULTS ......................................................................................................... 36 4.5 PEAK POWER EXCURSION MEASUREMENT ........................................................ 37 4.5.1 LIMITS OF PEAK POWER EXCURSION MEASUREMENT ...................................... 37 Report No.: RF120712C20-1 2 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.5.2 TEST SETUP .............................................................................................................. 37 4.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ................................................................................................ 37 4.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................... 37 4.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ...................................................................... 37 4.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS ............................................................................... 37 4.5.7 TEST RESULTS ......................................................................................................... 38 4.6 FREQUENCY STABILITY ........................................................................................... 41 4.6.1 LIMITS OF FREQUENCY STABILITY MEASUREMENT ........................................... 41 4.6.2 TEST SETUP .............................................................................................................. 41 4.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS ................................................................................................ 41 4.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE ................................................................................................... 42 4.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD ...................................................................... 42 4.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION .................................................................................. 42 4.6.7 TEST RESULTS ......................................................................................................... 43 PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE TEST CONFIGURATION ................................................. 44 5. INFORMATION ON THE TESTING LABORATORIES ............................................... 45 6. APPENDIX A - MODIFICATIONS RECORDERS FOR ENGINEERING CHANGES 7. TO THE EUT BY THE LAB ........................................................................................ 46 Report No.: RF120712C20-1 3 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 RELEASE CONTROL RECORD ISSUE NO. RF120712C20-1 Original release REASON FOR CHANGE DATE ISSUED Jul. 26, 2012 Report No.: RF120712C20-1 4 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 1. CERTIFICATION PRODUCT: N900 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router MODEL NO.: WNDR4700 (refer to item 3.1 for more detail) BRAND: NETGEAR APPLICANT: NETGEAR, INC. TESTED: Jul. 18 ~ Jul. 23, 2012 TEST SAMPLE: ENGINEERING SAMPLE STANDARDS: FCC Part 15, Subpart E (Section 15.407) ANSI C63.10-2009 The above equipment (model: WNDR4700) has been tested by Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, and found compliance with the requirement of the above standards. The test record, data evaluation & Equipment Under Test (EUT) configurations represented herein are true and accurate accounts of the measurements of the samples EMC characteristics under the conditions specified in this report. PREPARED BY APPROVED BY
:
:
, DATE :
Jul. 26, 2012 Andrea Hsia / Specialist
, DATE :
Jul. 26, 2012 Gary Chang / Technical Manager Report No.: RF120712C20-1 5 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 2. SUMMARY OF TEST RESULTS The EUT has been tested according to the following specifications:
APPLIED STANDARD: FCC PART 15, SUBPART E (SECTION 15.407) STANDARD SECTION TEST TYPE RESULT REMARK 15.407(b)(6) AC Power Conducted Emission PASS 15.407(b/1/2/3)
(b)(6) Spurious Emissions PASS Meet the requirement of limit. Minimum passing margin is
-10.09dB at 0.44297MHz. Meet the requirement of limit. Minimum passing margin is
-4.5dB at 62.95MHz. 15.407(a/1/2) Peak Transmit Power 15.407(a)(6) Peak Power Excursion 15.407(a/1/2) Peak Power Spectral Density 15.407(g) Frequency Stability 15.203 Antenna Requirement PASS Meet the requirement of limit. PASS Meet the requirement of limit. PASS Meet the requirement of limit. PASS Meet the requirement of limit. PASS Antenna connector is UFL not a standard connector. 2.1 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY Where relevant, the following measurement uncertainty levels have been estimated for tests performed on the EUT as specified in CISPR 16-4-2:
MEASUREMENT Conducted emissions Radiated emissions FREQUENCY 9kHz~30MHz 30MHz ~ 200MHz 200MHz ~1000MHz 1GHz ~ 18GHz 18GHz ~ 40GHz UNCERTAINTY 2.44 dB 3.19 dB 3.21 dB 2.26 dB 1.94 dB This uncertainty represents an expanded uncertainty expressed at approximately the 95% confidence level using a coverage factor of k = 2. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 6 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3. GENERAL INFORMATION 3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EUT EUT MODEL NO. POWER SUPPLY MODULATION TYPE MODULATION TECHNOLOGY OFDM N900 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router WNDR4700 (refer to note as below) 12Vdc (Adapter) 64QAM, 16QAM, QPSK, BPSK TRANSFER RATE OPERATING FREQUENCY NUMBER OF CHANNEL 802.11a: 54.0/ 48.0/ 36.0/ 24.0/ 18.0/ 12.0/ 9.0/ 6.0Mbps 802.11n: up to 450.0Mbps 5180.0 ~ 5240.0MHz 4 for 802.11a, 802.11n (20MHz) 2 for 802.11n (40MHz) 31.7mW Off board PCB dipole antenna with 3dBi gain UFL NA RJ45, USB Adapter OUTPUT POWER ANTENNA TYPE ANTENNA CONNECTOR DATA CABLE I/O PORTS ACCESSORY DEVICE NOTE:
1. The EUT incorporates a MIMO function. Physically, the EUT provides three completed transmitters and three receivers. MODULATION MODE TX FUNCTION 802.11b 802.11g 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) 3TX 3TX 3TX 3TX 3TX 2. The following models are provided to this EUT. Brand Name NETGEAR NETGEAR Model No. WNDR4700 WNDR4720 Difference Without HDD With HDD 3. The following HDDs are provided to EUT. Brand Name Model No. WD Seagate WD20EARX-00PASB0 ST2000DM001
*WD HDD was the worst for the final tests. Spec. 2.0TB 2000GB Report No.: RF120712C20-1 7 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4. The EUT consumes power from the following adapters. ADAPTER 1 BRAND MODEL INPUT POWER OUTPUT POWER POEWR LINE NETGEAR AD8180LF 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 1.5A 12Vdc, 5.0A 1.5 m non-shielded cable without core ADAPTER 2 BRAND MODEL INPUT POWER OUTPUT POWER 12.0Vdc, 5.0A POEWR LINE NETGEAR NU60-H120500-I1 100-240Vac, 50/60Hz, 1.4A 1.5 m non-shielded cable with 1 core
*Adapter 1 was the worst for the final tests. 5. The above EUT information is declared by manufacturer and for more detailed features description, please refer to the manufacturer's specifications or user's manual. 3.2 DESCRIPTION OF TEST MODES 4 channels are provided for 802.11a, 802.11n (20MHz):
CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHANNEL 36 40 5180MHz 5200MHz 44 48 FREQUENCY 5220MHz 5240MHz 2 channels are provided for 802.11n (40MHz):
CHANNEL FREQUENCY CHANNEL FREQUENCY 38 5190MHz 46 5230MHz Report No.: RF120712C20-1 8 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.2.1 TEST MODE APPLICABILITY AND TESTED CHANNEL DETAIL EUT CONFIGURE MODE
-
Where APPLICABLE TO RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM
-
DESCRIPTION RE1G: Radiated Emission above 1GHz PLC: Power Line Conducted Emission RE<1G: Radiated Emission below 1GHz APCM: Antenna Port Conducted Measurement RADIATED EMISSION TEST (ABOVE 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 36 to 48 36 to 48 38 to 46 36, 40, 48 36, 40, 48 38, 46 OFDM OFDM OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK BPSK BPSK
(Mbps) 6.0 7.2 15.0 RADIATED EMISSION TEST (BELOW 1GHz):
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 802.11n (40MHz) 38 to 46 38 OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK
(Mbps) 15.0 POWER LINE CONDUCTED EMISSION TEST:
Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 802.11n (40MHz) 38 to 46 38 OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK
(Mbps) 15.0 Report No.: RF120712C20-1 9 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 ANTENNA PORT CONDUCTED MEASUREMENT:
This item includes all test value of each mode, but only includes spectrum plot of worst value of each mode. Pre-Scan has been conducted to determine the worst-case mode from all possible combinations between available modulations, data rates and antenna ports (if EUT with antenna diversity architecture). Following channel(s) was (were) selected for the final test as listed below. MODE 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) AVAILABLE CHANNEL TESTED CHANNEL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY 36 to 48 36 to 48 38 to 46 36, 40, 48 36, 40, 48 38, 46 OFDM OFDM OFDM MODULATION DATA RATE TYPE BPSK BPSK BPSK
(Mbps) 6.0 7.2 15.0 TEST CONDITION:
APPLICABLE TO ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS INPUT POWER TESTED BY RE1G RE<1G PLC APCM 26deg. C, 69%RH 26deg. C, 69%RH 25deg. C, 65%RH 26deg. C, 69%RH 120Vac, 60Hz 120Vac, 60Hz Alen Wu Brad Wu 120Vac, 60Hz Anderson Hong 120Vac, 60Hz Brad Wu Report No.: RF120712C20-1 10 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.3 DUTY CYCLE OF TEST SIGNAL Duty cycle of test signal is > 98 %
802.11a: Duty cycle = 2.05/2.07 = 0.99 802.11n (20MHz): Duty cycle = 1.92/1.94 = 0.99 802.11n (40MHz): Duty cycle = 0.952/0.970 = 0.98 802.11a 802.11n (20MHz) 802.11n (40MHz) Report No.: RF120712C20-1 11 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.4 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPORT UNITS The EUT has been tested as an independent unit together with other necessary accessories or support units. The following support units or accessories were used to form a representative test configuration during the tests. NO. 1 2 3 4 5 PRODUCT EXTERNAL HARD DISK EXTERNAL HARD DISK NOTEBOOK NOTEBOOK SD CARD BRAND WD WD DELL DELL Transcend MODEL NO. WDBACY5000A BL-01 WDBACY5000A BL-01 E5410 E5410 NA SERIAL NO. FCC ID WX51C12T6215 WX91EC1FPNR9 NA NA 1HC2XM1 6RP2YM1 NA FCC DoC Approved FCC DoC Approved NA SIGNAL CABLE DESCRIPTION OF THE ABOVE SUPPORT UNITS NO. 1 0.45m non-shielded USB cable without core 2 0.45m non-shielded USB cable without core 3 10m RJ45 UTP cable 4 10m RJ45 UTP cable 5 NA NOTE:
1. All power cords of the above support units are non shielded (1.8m). 2. Items 3~4 acted as communication partners to transfer data. 10m RJ45 UTP cable 3.4.1 CONFIGURATION OF SYSTEM UNDER TEST
(Power from adapter) Notebook
*Test table EUT
*Kept in a remote area 1.8m RJ45 UTP cable x 3 with load 10m RJ45 UTP cable HDD x2 SD card Notebook Report No.: RF120712C20-1 12 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 3.5 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF APPLIED STANDARDS The EUT is a RF Product. According to the specifications of the manufacturer, it must comply with the requirements of the following standards:
FCC Part 15, Subpart E (15.407) 789033 D01 General UNII Test Procedures v01r01 ANSI C63.10-2009 All test items have been performed and recorded as per the above standards. NOTE: The EUT is also considered as a kind of computer peripheral, because the connection to computer is necessary for typical use. It has been verified to comply with the requirements of FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B (DoC). The test report has been issued separately. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 13 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4. TEST TYPES AND RESULTS 4.1 RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT 4.1.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION AND BANDEDGE MEASUREMENT Radiated emissions which fall in the restricted bands must comply with the radiated emission limits specified as below table:
FREQUENCIES
(MHz) FIELD STRENGTH
(microvolts/meter) MEASUREMENT DISTANCE
(meters) 0.009 ~ 0.490 0.490 ~ 1.705 1.705 ~ 30.0 30 ~ 88 88 ~ 216 216 ~ 960 Above 960 2400/F(kHz) 24000/F(kHz) 30 100 150 200 500 300 30 30 3 3 3 3 NOTE:
1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. Emission level (dBuV/m) = 20 log Emission level (uV/m). 3. For frequencies above 1000MHz, the field strength limits are based on average detector, however, the peak field strength of any emission shall not exceed the maximum permitted average limits, specified above by more than 20dB under any condition of modulation. 4.1.2 LIMITS OF UNWANTED EMISSION OUT OF THE RESTRICTED BANDS EIRP LIMIT (dBm) EQUIVALENT FIELD STRENGTH AT 3m (dBV/m) PK
-27 PK 68.3 NOTE: The following formula is used to convert the equipment isotropic radiated power (eirp) to field strength:
E =
30 P 1000000 3 V/m, where P is the eirp (Watts). Report No.: RF120712C20-1 14 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION &
MANUFACTURER Test Receiver ROHDE & SCHWARZ Spectrum Analyzer ROHDE & SCHWARZ BILOG Antenna SCHWARZBECK HORN Antenna SCHWARZBECK HORN Antenna SCHWARZBECK Loop Antenna Preamplifier Agilent Preamplifier Agilent RF signal cable HUBER+SUHNNER RF signal cable HUBER+SUHNNER RF signal cable HUBER+SUHNNER Software ADT Antenna Tower inn-co GmbH Antenna Tower Controller inn-co GmbH Turn Table ADT Turn Table Controller ADT 26GHz ~ 40GHz Amplifier High Speed Peak Power Meter Power Sensor WIT Standard Temperature And Humidity Chamber MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. DATE OF CALIBRATION DUE DATE OF CALIBRATION ESI7 FSU43 838496/016 Jan. 03, 2012 Jan. 02, 2013 100115 Sep. 05, 2011 Sep. 04, 2012 VULB9168 9168-155 Apr. 06, 2012 Apr. 05, 2013 BBHA 9120D 9120D-408 Jan. 05, 2012 Jan. 04, 2013 BBHA 9170 HFH2-Z2 8449B 148 100070 3008A01961 Jul. 11, 2012 Jan. 31, 2012 Oct. 29, 2011 Jul. 10, 2013 Jan. 30, 2014 Oct. 28, 2012 8447D 2944A10738 Oct. 29, 2011 Oct. 28, 2012 SUCOFLEX 104 309220/4 Nov. 03, 2011 Nov. 02, 2012 SUCOFLEX 104 250724/4 Nov. 03, 2011 Nov. 02, 2012 295012/4 Nov. 03, 2011 Nov. 02, 2012 SUCOFLEX 104 ADT_Radiated_ V7.6.15.9.2 MA 4000 CO2000 NA 010303 019303 TT100. TT93021704 SC100. EM26400 ML2495A MA2411B SC93021704 815221 0842014 0738404 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Oct. 29, 2011 Apr. 28, 2012 Apr. 28, 2012 Oct. 28, 2012 Apr. 27, 2013 Apr. 27, 2013 TH-4S-C W981030 Jun. 13, 2012 Jun. 12, 2013 NOTE: 1. The calibration interval of the above test instruments is 12 months and the calibrations are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 2. The calibration interval of the loop antenna is 24 months and the calibrations are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 3. The test was performed in HwaYa Chamber 4. 4. The horn antenna and HP preamplifier (model: 8449B) are used only for the measurement of emission frequency above 1GHz if tested. 5. The FCC Site Registration No. is 460141. 6. The IC Site Registration No. is IC7450F-4. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 15 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.4 TEST PROCEDURES a. The EUT was placed on the top of a rotating table 0.8 meters above the ground at a 3 meter semi-anechoic camber. The table was rotated 360 degrees to determine the position of the highest radiation. b. The EUT was set 3 meters away from the interference-receiving antenna, which was mounted on the top of a variable-height antenna tower. c. The antenna is a broadband antenna, and its height is varied from one meter to four meters above the ground to determine the maximum value of the field strength. Both horizontal and vertical polarizations of the antenna are set to make the measurement. d. For each suspected emission, the EUT was arranged to its worst case and then the antenna was tuned to heights from 1 meter to 4 meters and the rotatable table was turned from 0 degrees to 360 degrees to find the maximum reading. e. The test-receiver system was set to Peak Detect Function and Specified Bandwidth with Maximum Hold Mode. f. If the emission level of the EUT in peak mode was 10dB lower than the limit specified, then testing could be stopped and the peak values of the EUT would be reported. Otherwise the emissions that did not have 10dB margin would be re-tested one by one using peak, quasi-peak or average method as specified and then reported in a data sheet. NOTE:
1. The resolution bandwidth and video bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 120kHz for Peak detection (PK) and Quasi-peak detection (QP) at frequency below 1GHz. 2. The resolution bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 1MHz and video bandwidth is 3MHz for Peak detection at frequency above 1GHz. 3. The resolution bandwidth of test receiver/spectrum analyzer is 1MHz and the video bandwidth is 1kHz for Average detection (AV) at frequency above 1GHz. 4. All modes of operation were investigated and the worst-case emissions are reported. 4.1.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 16 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.6 TEST SETUP For the actual test configuration, please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). 4.1.7 EUT OPERATING CONDITION a. Placed the EUT on the testing table. b. Prepared two notebooks to act as communication partners and placed them outside of testing area. c. The communication partner connected with EUT via a RJ45 cable and run a test program (provided by manufacturer) to enable EUT under transmission condition continuously at specific channel frequency. d. The communication partner sent data to EUT by command "PING". Report No.: RF120712C20-1 17 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.1.8 TEST RESULTS ABOVE 1GHz DATA 802.11a EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 36 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-19.3
-13.0 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 16.10 54.7 PK 2.40 41.0 AV 64.20 102.8 PK 52.40 91.0 AV 56.3 PK 6.80 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.08 H 1.08 H 1.05 H 1.05 H 1.00 H 309 309 305 305 214
-12.0 68.3 RAW VALUE LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 MARGIN (dB)
-18.8
-12.0 68.3
-10.7 ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 101 101 100 100 15
(dBuV) 16.60 3.40 67.30 55.70 8.10 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.60 38.60 38.60 38.60 49.50 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.60 38.60 38.60 38.60 49.50 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5180.00
*5180.00
#10360.00 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5180.00
*5180.00
#10360.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 55.2 PK 42.0 AV 105.9 PK 94.3 AV 57.6 PK 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 18 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 40 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-19.0
-12.2 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 16.50 55.0 PK 3.30 41.8 AV 63.40 102.0 PK 52.30 90.9 AV 57.1 PK 7.60 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 158 158 153 153 211
-11.2 68.3 RAW VALUE LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 MARGIN (dB)
-17.6
-11.4 68.3
-10.0 ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 108 108 105 105 18
(dBuV) 17.90 4.10 67.10 55.40 8.80 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.50 38.50 38.60 38.60 49.50 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.50 38.50 38.60 38.60 49.50 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5120.00 5120.00
*5200.00
*5200.00
#10400.00 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5120.00 5120.00
*5200.00
*5200.00
#10400.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 56.4 PK 42.6 AV 105.7 PK 94.0 AV 58.3 PK 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 19 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 48 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5240.00
*5240.00 5350.00 5350.00
#10480.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 65.10 103.8 PK 52.90 91.6 AV 17.30 56.1 PK 4.20 43.0 AV 58.0 PK 8.30 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.02 H 1.02 H 1.04 H 1.04 H 1.00 H 23 23 25 25 206
-17.9
-11.0
-10.3 74.0 54.0 68.3 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-16.6
-10.0
-9.2 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 101 101 101 101 11
(dBuV) 67.30 55.60 18.60 5.20 9.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.70 38.70 38.80 38.80 49.70 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.70 38.70 38.80 38.80 49.70 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5240.00
*5240.00 5350.00 5350.00
#10480.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 106.0 PK 94.3 AV 57.4 PK 44.0 AV 59.1 PK LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 68.3 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 20 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (20MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 36 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5180.00
*5180.00
#10360.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-18.7
-12.0 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 16.70 55.3 PK 3.40 42.0 AV 64.20 102.8 PK 52.20 90.8 AV 8.70 58.2 PK ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.01 H 1.01 H 1.03 H 1.03 H 1.00 H 304 304 302 302 241
-10.1 68.3 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-17.3
-11.0
-9.0 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 91 91 98 98 11
(dBuV) 18.10 4.40 67.20 55.50 9.80 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.60 38.60 38.60 38.60 49.50 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.60 38.60 38.60 38.60 49.50 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5180.00
*5180.00
#10360.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 56.7 PK 43.0 AV 105.8 PK 94.1 AV 59.3 PK LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 68.3 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 21 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 40 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5120.00 5120.00
*5200.00
*5200.00
#10400.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-18.0
-11.9 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 17.50 56.0 PK 3.60 42.1 AV 64.10 102.7 PK 52.00 90.6 AV 59.1 PK 9.60 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 155 155 155 155 121 68.3
-9.2 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-17.0
-10.2
-8.2 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 81 81 93 93 10
(dBuV) 18.50 5.30 67.60 56.30 10.60 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.50 38.50 38.60 38.60 49.50 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.50 38.50 38.60 38.60 49.50 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5120.00 5120.00
*5200.00
*5200.00
#10400.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 57.0 PK 43.8 AV 106.2 PK 94.9 AV 60.1 PK LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 68.3 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 22 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 48 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5240.00
*5240.00 5350.00 5350.00
#10480.00 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 65.70 104.4 PK 53.10 91.8 AV 19.10 57.9 PK 5.20 44.0 AV 59.0 PK 9.30 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.03 H 1.03 H 1.03 H 1.03 H 1.00 H 20 20 16 16 260
-16.1
-10.0
-9.3 74.0 54.0 68.3 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree)
-15.9
-9.0
-8.3 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 99 99 95 95 15
(dBuV) 67.30 55.70 19.30 6.20 10.30 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.70 38.70 38.80 38.80 49.70 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.70 38.70 38.80 38.80 49.70 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5
*5240.00
*5240.00 5350.00 5350.00
#10480.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 106.0 PK 94.4 AV 58.1 PK 45.0 AV 60.0 PK LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 68.3 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 23 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 802.11n (40MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 38 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-16.9
-10.7 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 18.50 57.1 PK 4.70 43.3 AV 62.90 101.5 PK 51.80 90.4 AV 7.60 57.1 PK ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 1.00 H 170 170 172 172 246
-11.2 68.3 RAW VALUE LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 MARGIN (dB)
-15.7
-9.1 68.3
-10.0 ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 108 108 108 108 19
(dBuV) 19.70 6.30 67.20 56.10 8.80 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.60 38.60 38.60 38.60 49.50 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.60 38.60 38.60 38.60 49.50 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5190.00
*5190.00
#10380.00 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5190.00
*5190.00
#10380.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 58.3 PK 44.9 AV 105.8 PK 94.7 AV 58.3 PK 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 24 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Channel 46 120Vac, 60 Hz MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE 1 ~ 40GHz DETECTOR Peak (PK) FUNCTION Average (AV) 26deg. C, 69%RH TESTED BY Alan Wu RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0
-17.4
-11.0 MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 18.00 56.6 PK 4.40 43.0 AV 63.70 102.3 PK 52.10 90.7 AV 57.0 PK 7.40 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.04 H 1.04 H 1.02 H 1.02 H 1.00 H 24 24 23 23 236
-11.3 68.3 RAW VALUE LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 74.0 54.0 MARGIN (dB)
-16.1
-10.0 68.3
-10.3 ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 1.00 V 108 108 104 104 18
(dBuV) 19.30 5.40 66.30 55.50 8.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.60 38.60 38.60 38.60 49.60 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 38.60 38.60 38.60 38.60 49.60 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5230.00
*5230.00
#10460.00 NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 5150.00 5150.00
*5230.00
*5230.00
#10460.00 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 57.9 PK 44.0 AV 104.9 PK 94.1 AV 58.0 PK 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. 5. * : Fundamental frequency. 6. "#":The radiated frequency is out the restricted band. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 25 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 BELOW 1GHz WORST-CASE DATA802.11n (40MHz) EUT TEST CONDITION CHANNEL INPUT POWER
(SYSTEM) ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 26deg. C, 69%RH 120Vac, 60 Hz Channel 38 MEASUREMENT DETAIL FREQUENCY RANGE Below 1000MHz DETECTOR FUNCTION Quasi-Peak TESTED BY Brad Wu NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 125.17 389.59 533.47 624.85 751.23 875.67 RAW VALUE LIMIT TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: HORIZONTAL AT 3 M EMISSION ANTENNA HEIGHT (m)
(dBuV)
(dBuV/m) MARGIN (dB) LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 18.00 30.6 QP 17.70 35.8 QP 15.90 37.8 QP 13.60 37.3 QP 10.30 36.1 QP 35.3 QP 7.10 ANTENNA POLARITY & TEST DISTANCE: VERTICAL AT 3 M EMISSION 1.50 H 2.00 H 1.75 H 1.25 H 1.50 H 1.00 H
-12.9
-10.2
-8.2
-8.7
-9.9
-10.7 43.5 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 98 23 4 167 98 150 RAW VALUE MARGIN (dB) ANTENNA HEIGHT (m) TABLE ANGLE
(Degree) NO. FREQ. (MHz) 1 2 3 4 5 6 62.95 286.55 416.81 624.85 764.84 875.67 REMARKS:
LEVEL
(dBuV/m) 35.5 QP 33.3 QP 33.6 QP 34.9 QP 34.4 QP 35.6 QP LIMIT
(dBuV/m) 40.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0 46.0
-4.5
-12.7
-12.4
-11.1
-11.6
-10.4 1.49 V 1.49 V 1.24 V 1.74 V 1.24 V 1.24 V 149 234 16 317 221 8
(dBuV) 22.30 18.10 14.70 11.20 8.20 7.40 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 12.60 18.10 21.90 23.70 25.80 28.20 CORRECTION FACTOR
(dB/m) 13.20 15.20 18.90 23.70 26.20 28.20 1. Emission level (dBuV/m) = Raw Value (dBuV) + Correction Factor (dB/m). 2. Correction Factor (dB/m) = Antenna Factor (dB/m) + Cable Factor (dB). 3. The other emission levels were very low against the limit. 4. Margin value = Emission level Limit value. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 26 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.2 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 4.2.1 LIMITS OF CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY OF EMISSION (MHz) 0.15 ~ 0.5 0.5 ~ 5 5 ~ 30 CONDUCTED LIMIT (dBV) Average 56 to 46 66 to 56 Quasi-peak 56 60 46 50 NOTE: 1. The lower limit shall apply at the transition frequencies. 2. The limit decreases in line with the logarithm of the frequency in the range of 0.15 to 0.50MHz. 3. All emanations from a class A/B digital device or system, including any network of conductors and apparatus connected thereto, shall not exceed the level of field strengths specified above. 4.2.2 TEST INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION &
MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. SERIAL NO. DATE OF CALIBRATION DUE DATE OF CALIBRATION 5D-FB 100291 ESCS30 Nov. 23, 2011 Cable-HYC01-01 Dec. 29, 2011 Test Receiver ROHDE & SCHWARZ RF signal cable Woken LISN ROHDE & SCHWARZ
(Peripheral) LISN ROHDE & SCHWARZ
(EUT) Software ADT NOTE: 1. The calibration interval of the above test instruments is 12 months and the calibrations BV ADT_Cond_ Feb. 07, 2012 Jul. 02, 2012 835239/001 ESH3-Z5 ESH3-Z5 V7.3.7.3 100312 NA NA NA Nov. 22, 2012 Dec. 28, 2012 Feb. 06, 2013 Jul. 01, 2013 are traceable to NML/ROC and NIST/USA. 2. The test was performed in HwaYa Shielded Room 1. 3. The VCCI Site Registration No. is C-2040. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 27 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.2.3 TEST PROCEDURES a. The EUT was placed 0.4 meters from the conducting wall of the shielded room with EUT being connected to the power mains through a line impedance stabilization network (LISN). Other support units were connected to the power mains through another LISN. The two LISNs provide 50 ohm/ 50uH of coupling impedance for the measuring instrument. b. Both lines of the power mains connected to the EUT were checked for maximum conducted interference. c. The frequency range from 150kHz to 30MHz was searched. Emission levels under (Limit - 20dB) was not recorded. NOTE: All modes of operation were investigated and the worst-case emissions are reported. 4.2.4 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.2.5 TEST SETUP Ve rtic a l G ro u n d R e fe re n c e P la n e Te s t R e c e iv e r 4 0 c m E U T L IS N 8 0 c m H o riz o n ta l G ro u n d R e fe re n c e P la n e N o te : 1 .S u p p o rt u n its w e re c o n n e c te d to s e c o n d L IS N . 2 .B o th o f L IS N s (A M N ) a re 8 0 c m fro m E U T a n d a t le a s t 8 0 fro m o th e r u n its a n d o th e r m e ta l p la n e s For the actual test configuration, please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). 4.2.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.1.6. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 28 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.2.7 TEST RESULTS CONDUCTED WORST-CASE DATA802.11n (40MHz) PHASE Line 1 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz Freq. No
[MHz]
0.18906 0.24375 0.45859 0.96250 9.00781 21.21094 1 2 3 4 5 6 Corr. Factor
(dB) 0.13 0.13 0.14 0.19 0.59 1.23 Reading Value
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 43.62 29.80 37.25 23.20 43.89 32.49 35.91 20.94 27.06 19.10 33.35 28.53 Emission Level
[dB (uV)]
AV. 29.93 23.33 32.63 21.13 19.69 29.76 Q.P. 43.75 37.38 44.03 36.10 27.65 34.58 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 54.08 51.97 46.72 46.00 50.00 50.00 Q.P. 64.08 61.97 56.72 56.00 60.00 60.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-20.33
-24.59
-12.69
-19.90
-32.35
-25.42 AV.
-24.15
-28.64
-14.09
-24.87
-30.31
-20.24 REMARKS:
1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 29 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 PHASE Line 2 6dB BANDWIDTH 9kHz Freq. No
[MHz]
0.19297 0.25156 0.44297 1.84766 10.42188 21.89063 1 2 3 4 5 6 Corr. Factor
(dB) 0.14 0.14 0.15 0.23 0.61 1.04 Reading Value
[dB (uV)]
Q.P. AV. 44.08 32.03 37.56 26.89 45.25 36.76 35.58 20.94 32.89 24.77 33.92 28.92 Emission Level
[dB (uV)]
AV. 32.17 27.03 36.91 21.17 25.38 29.96 Q.P. 44.22 37.70 45.40 35.81 33.50 34.96 Limit
[dB (uV)]
AV. 53.91 51.71 47.01 46.00 50.00 50.00 Q.P. 63.91 61.71 57.01 56.00 60.00 60.00 Margin
(dB) Q.P.
-19.69
-24.00
-11.60
-20.19
-26.50
-25.04 AV.
-21.74
-24.67
-10.09
-24.83
-24.62
-20.04 REMARKS:
1. Q.P. and AV. are abbreviations of quasi-peak and average individually. 2. The emission levels of other frequencies were very low against the limit. 3. Margin value = Emission level - Limit value 4. Correction factor = Insertion loss + Cable loss 5. Emission Level = Correction Factor + Reading Value. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 30 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.3 PEAK TRANSMIT POWER MEASUREMENT 4.3.1 LIMITS OF PEAK TRANSMIT POWER MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY BAND LIMIT 5.15 ~ 5.25GHz The lesser of 50mW (17dBm) or 4dBm + 10logB NOTE: Where B is the 26dB emission bandwidth in MHz. EUT 4.3.2 TEST SETUP FOR POWER OUTPUT MEASUREMENT FOR 26dB BANDWIDTH 10dB ATTENUATION PAD EUT Power Sensor Power Meter 10dB ATTENUATION PAD SPECTRUM ANALYZER 4.3.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.3 to get information of above instrument. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 31 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.3.4 TEST PROCEDURE FOR AVERAGE POWER MEASUREMENT Method PM is used to perform output power measurement, trigger and gating function of wide band power meter is enabled to measure max output power of TX on burst. Duty factor is not added to measured value. FOR 26dB BANDWIDTH 1) Set RBW = approximately 1% of the emission bandwidth. 2) Set the VBW > RBW. 3) Detector = Peak. 4) Trace mode = max hold. 5) Measure the maximum width of the emission that is 26 dB down from the peak of the emission. Compare this with the RBW setting of the analyzer. Readjust RBW and repeat measurement as needed until the RBW/EBW ratio is approximately 1%. 4.3.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.3.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS The software provided by client to enable the EUT under transmission condition continuously at specific channel frequencies individually. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 32 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.3.7 TEST RESULTS POWER OUTPUT: 802.11a CHAN. 36 40 48 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5180 5200 5240 AVERAGE POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 8.12 8.23 8.41 8.13 8.05 8.15 8.34 8.38 8.12 19.8 19.9 20.0 12.97 12.99 13.00 15.2 15.2 15.2 PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS PASS NOTE: Directional gain = 3dBi + 10log(3) = 7.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 17-(7.8-6) = 15.2dBm. 802.11n (20MHz) CHAN. 36 40 48 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5180 5200 5240 AVERAGE POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 8.00 8.40 8.52 8.04 8.13 8.30 8.32 8.38 8.02 19.5 20.3 20.2 12.89 13.08 13.06 15.2 15.2 15.2 PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS PASS NOTE: Directional gain = 3dBi + 10log(3) = 7.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 17-(7.8-6) = 15.2dBm. 802.11n (40MHz) CHAN. 38 46 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5190 5230 AVERAGE POWER (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 TOTAL POWER
(mW) TOTAL POWER
(dBm) POWER LIMIT
(dBm) 10.26 10.30 10.22 10.11 10.24 10.10 31.7 31.2 15.01 14.94 15.2 15.2 PASS /
FAIL PASS PASS NOTE: Directional gain = 3dBi + 10log(3) = 7.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 17-(7.8-6) = 15.2dBm. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 33 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 26dB BANDWIDTH: 802.11a CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 26dBc BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 PASS / FAIL 36 40 48 5180 5200 5240 24.53 25.08 25.57 24.24 24.52 24.61 23.65 24.06 24.10 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (20MHz) CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 26dBc BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 PASS / FAIL 36 40 48 5180 5200 5240 25.62 26.26 26.02 28.19 26.24 25.76 25.38 24.97 25.41 PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (40MHz) CHANNEL CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) 26dBc BANDWIDTH (MHz) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 PASS / FAIL 38 46 5190 5230 54.94 53.95 52.29 52.20 52.11 51.79 PASS PASS Report No.: RF120712C20-1 34 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.4 PEAK POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT 4.4.1 LIMITS OF PEAK POWER SPECTRAL DENSITY MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY BAND 5.15 ~ 5.25GHz LIMIT 4dBm 4.4.2 TEST SETUP EUT SPECTRUM ANALYZER 10dB ATTENUATION PAD 4.4.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.3 to get information of above instrument. 4.4.4 TEST PROCEDURES Using method SA-1 1) Set span to encompass the entire emission bandwidth (EBW) of the signal. 2) Set RBW = 1 MHz, Set VBW 3 MHz, Detector = RMS 3) Sweep time = auto, trigger set to free run. 4) Trace average at least 100 traces in power averaging mode. 5) Record the max value 4.4.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.4.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.3.6. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 35 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.4.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11a CHAN. 36 40 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5180 5200 PSD (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2
-2.97
-2.76
-2.66
-2.68
-2.51
-2.90 TOTAL POWER DENSITY
(dBm) 2.017 1.817 MAX. LIMIT
(dBm) PASS / FAIL 2.2 2.2 PASS PASS 48 5240 PASS NOTE: 1. Method 1 of power density measurement of KDB 662911 is using for calculating total 2.058
-2.56
-2.12
-2.72 2.2 power density. Total power density is summing entire spectra across corresponding frequency bins on the various outputs by computer. NOTE: 2. Directional gain = 3dBi + 10log(3) = 7.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 4-(7.8-6) = 2.2dBm. 802.11n (20MHz) CHAN. 36 40 CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) 5180 5200 PSD (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2
-3.21
-2.69
-2.74
-2.98
-2.75
-2.90 TOTAL POWER DENSITY
(dBm) 1.664 1.591 MAX. LIMIT
(dBm) PASS / FAIL 2.2 2.2 PASS PASS 48 5240 PASS NOTE: 1. Method 1 of power density measurement of KDB 662911 is using for calculating total 1.886
-3.12
-2.29
-2.74 2.2 power density. Total power density is summing entire spectra across corresponding frequency bins on the various outputs by computer. NOTE: 2. Directional gain = 3dBi + 10log(3) = 7.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 4-(7.8-6) = 2.2dBm. 802.11n (40MHz) CHAN. CHAN. FREQ.
(MHz) PSD (dBm) CHAIN 0 CHAIN 1 CHAIN 2 TOTAL POWER DENSITY
(dBm) MAX. LIMIT
(dBm) PASS / FAIL 38 5190
-3.22
-3.91
-3.59 1.092 2.2 PASS 46 5230 PASS NOTE: 1. Method 1 of power density measurement of KDB 662911 is using for calculating total 1.241
-3.56
-2.74
-3.83 2.2 power density. Total power density is summing entire spectra across corresponding frequency bins on the various outputs by computer. NOTE: 2. Directional gain = 3dBi + 10log(3) = 7.8dBi > 6dBi , so the limit shall be reduced to 4-(7.8-6) = 2.2dBm. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 36 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.5 PEAK POWER EXCURSION MEASUREMENT 4.5.1 LIMITS OF PEAK POWER EXCURSION MEASUREMENT Shall not exceed 13 dB 4.5.2 TEST SETUP EUT SPECTRUM ANALYZER 10dB ATTENUATION PAD 4.5.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.3 to get information of above instrument. 4.5.4 TEST PROCEDURE 1) Set RBW = 1 MHz, VBW 3 MHz, Detector = peak. 2) Trace mode = max-hold. Allow the sweeps to continue until the trace stabilizes. 3) Use the peak search function to find the peak of the spectrum. 4) Measure the PPSD. 5) Compute the ratio of the maximum of the peak-max-hold spectrum to the PPSD. 4.5.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.5.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS Same as 4.2.6 Report No.: RF120712C20-1 37 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.5.7 TEST RESULTS 802.11a TX chain CHAN. CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) PEAK VALUE
(dBm) 36 40 48 36 40 48 36 40 48 5180 5200 5240 5180 5200 5240 5180 5200 5240 6.09 6.15 6.9 6.94 7.11 6.87 7.44 7.81 7.3 0 1 2 PPSD
(dBm)
-2.97
-2.76
-2.12
-2.66
-2.68
-2.56
-2.51
-2.90
-2.72 PEAK EXCURSION
(dB) 9.06 8.91 9.02 9.60 9.79 9.43 9.95 10.71 10.02 LIMIT
(dB) 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Report No.: RF120712C20-1 38 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 PEAK EXCURSION
(dB) 9.46 9.10 8.80 8.74 9.08 9.49 9.21 9.56 9.17 LIMIT
(dB) 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (20MHz) TX chain CHAN. CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) PEAK VALUE
(dBm) 0 1 2 36 40 48 36 40 48 36 40 48 5180 5200 5240 5180 5200 5240 5180 5200 5240 6.25 6.41 6.51 6.00 6.10 6.37 6.46 6.66 6.43 PPSD
(dBm)
-3.21
-2.69
-2.29
-2.74
-2.98
-3.12
-2.75
-2.90
-2.74 Report No.: RF120712C20-1 39 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 PEAK EXCURSION
(dB) 8.50 8.44 9.98 9.37 10.60 10.55 LIMIT
(dB) 13 13 13 13 13 13 PASS
/FAIL PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS 802.11n (40MHz) TX chain CHAN. CHANNEL FREQUENCY
(MHz) PEAK VALUE
(dBm) 0 1 2 38 46 38 46 38 46 5190 5230 5190 5230 5190 5230 5.28 5.70 6.07 5.81 7.01 6.72 PPSD
(dBm)
-3.22
-2.74
-3.91
-3.56
-3.59
-3.83 Report No.: RF120712C20-1 40 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.6 FREQUENCY STABILITY 4.6.1 LIMITS OF FREQUENCY STABILITY MEASUREMENT The frequency of the carrier signal shall be maintained within band of operation Temperature Spectrum Analyzer 4.6.2 TEST SETUP AC Power Supply 4.6.3 TEST INSTRUMENTS Refer to section 4.1.3 to get information of above instrument. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 41 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.6.4 TEST PROCEDURE a. The EUT was placed inside the environmental test chamber and powered by nominal AC voltage. b. Turn the EUT on and couple its output to a spectrum analyzer. c. Turn the EUT off and set the chamber to the highest temperature specified. d. Allow sufficient time (approximately 30 min) for the temperature of the chamber to stabilize, turn the EUT on and measure the operating frequency after 2, 5, and 10 minutes. e. Repeat step 2 and 3 with the temperature chamber set to the lowest temperature. f. The test chamber was allowed to stabilize at +20 degree C for a minimum of 30 minutes. The supply voltage was then adjusted on the EUT from 85% to 115%
and the frequency record. 4.6.5 DEVIATION FROM TEST STANDARD No deviation. 4.6.6 EUT OPERATING CONDITION Set the EUT transmit at un-modulation mode to test frequency stability. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 42 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 4.6.7 TEST RESULTS FREQUEMCY STABILITY VERSUS TEMP. OPERATING FREQUENCY: 5200MHz TEMP.
() POWER SUPPLY
(Vac) 0 MINUTE 2 MINUTE 5 MINUTE 10 MINUTE Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) 110.0 5200.017603 3.385 5200.017773 3.418 5200.017514 3.368 5200.017764 3.416 110.0 5200.018429 3.544 5200.018269 3.513 5200.018354 3.530 5200.018439 3.546 110.0 5200.019786 3.805 5200.020209 3.886 5200.019895 3.826 5200.019852 3.818 110.0 5200.020893 4.018 5200.021051 4.048 5200.021139 4.065 5200.021047 4.048 110.0 5200.022600 4.346 5200.022315 4.291 5200.022349 4.298 5200.022559 4.338 110.0 5200.021308 4.098 5200.021402 4.116 5200.021173 4.072 5200.021350 4.106 110.0 5200.019599 3.769 5200.019774 3.803 5200.020207 3.886 5200.019776 3.803 110.0 5200.018793 3.614 5200.019050 3.663 5200.019465 3.743 5200.019448 3.740 110.0 5200.018128 3.486 5200.018415 3.541 5200.018024 3.466 5200.018391 3.537 50 40 30 20 10 0
-10
-20
-30 FREQUEMCY STABILITY VERSUS VOLTAGE OPERATING FREQUENCY: 5200MHz TEMP.
() POWER SUPPLY
(Vac) 0 MINUTE 2 MINUTE 5 MINUTE 10 MINUTE Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) Measured Frequency
(MHz) Frequency Drift
(ppm) 93.5 5200.019713 3.791 5200.019978 3.842 5200.019463 3.743 5200.019814 3.810 20 110.0 5200.020893 4.018 5200.021051 4.048 5200.021139 4.065 5200.021047 4.048 126.5 5200.022781 4.381 5200.023147 4.451 5200.023033 4.429 5200.022482 4.323 Report No.: RF120712C20-1 43 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 5. PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE TEST CONFIGURATION Please refer to the attached file (Test Setup Photo). Report No.: RF120712C20-1 44 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 6. INFORMATION ON THE TESTING LABORATORIES We, Bureau Veritas Consumer Products Services (H.K.) Ltd., Taoyuan Branch, were founded in 1988 to provide our best service in EMC, Radio, Telecom and Safety consultation. Our laboratories are accredited and approved according to ISO/IEC 17025. If you have any comments, please feel free to contact us at the following:
Linko EMC/RF Lab:
Tel: 886-2-26052180 Fax: 886-2-26051924 Hwa Ya EMC/RF/Safety Telecom Lab:
Tel: 886-3-3183232 Fax: 886-3-3270892 Email: service.adt@tw.bureauveritas.com Web Site: www.adt.com.tw Hsin Chu EMC/RF Lab:
Tel: 886-3-5935343 Fax: 886-3-5935342 The address and road map of all our labs can be found in our web site also. Report No.: RF120712C20-1 45 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0 7. APPENDIX A - MODIFICATIONS RECORDERS FOR ENGINEERING CHANGES TO THE EUT BY THE LAB No modifications were made to the EUT by the lab during the test.
---END---
Report No.: RF120712C20-1 46 of 46 Report Format Version 5.0.0
1 2 3 | Test Setup Photos | Test Setup Photos | 137.05 KiB | / September 02 2013 |
PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE TEST CONFIGURATION CONDUCTED EMISSION TEST 1 RADIATED EMISSION TEST 2
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2013-07-16 | 5680 ~ 5700 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | Class II permissive change or modification of presently authorized equipment |
2 | 2012-08-13 | 5180 ~ 5240 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | Original Equipment |
3 | 5745 ~ 5825 | DTS - Digital Transmission System |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 | Effective |
2013-07-16
|
||||
1 2 3 |
2012-08-13
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Netgear Incorporated
|
||||
1 2 3 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0022158786
|
||||
1 2 3 | Physical Address |
350 East Plumeria Drive
|
||||
1 2 3 |
San Jose, California 95134
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
San Jose, CA
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
United States
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 3 | TCB Application Email Address |
c******@curtis-straus.com
|
||||
1 2 3 | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 | Grantee Code |
PY3
|
||||
1 2 3 | Equipment Product Code |
11400179
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 | Name |
D****** K********
|
||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
40889********
|
||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
40890********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
d******@netgear.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 | Firm Name |
Bureau Veritas CPS (H.K.) Ltd. Taoyuan Branch
|
||||
1 2 3 | Name |
R******** H****
|
||||
1 2 3 |
G**** C****
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Physical Address |
No. 19, Hwa Ya 2nd Rd., Kwei Shan Hsiang
|
||||
1 2 3 |
Taoyuan Hsien, 333
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
Taiwan
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
886-3******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
886-3********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
r******@tw.bureauveritas.com
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
g******@tw.bureauveritas.com
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 | Firm Name |
Bureau Veritas CPS (H.K.) Ltd. Taoyuan Branch
|
||||
1 2 3 | Name |
A**** H****
|
||||
1 2 3 |
C****** C********
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Physical Address |
No. 19, Hwa Ya 2nd Rd., Kwei Shan Hsiang
|
||||
1 2 3 |
Taoyuan Hsien, 333
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
Taiwan
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
886-3******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 3 |
886-3******** Extension:
|
|||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
886-3********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
a******@tw.bureauveritas.com
|
|||||
1 2 3 |
c******@tw.bureauveritas.com
|
|||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Yes | |||||
1 2 3 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Yes | |||||
1 2 3 | If so, specify the short-term confidentiality release date (MM/DD/YYYY format) | 02/09/2013 | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Equipment Class | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||||
1 2 3 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |||||
1 2 3 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | N900 Wireless Dual Band Gigabit Router | ||||
1 2 3 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 2 3 | Purpose / Application is for | Class II permissive change or modification of presently authorized equipment | ||||
1 2 3 | Original Equipment | |||||
1 2 3 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | Grant Comments | Output power is conducted. Device operates with specific antennas in MIMO configurations as described in this filing. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. | ||||
1 2 3 | Power listed is the maximum combined conducted output power. End-users and responsible parties must be provided with operating and installation instructions to ensure RF exposure compliance. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 22 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Operations in the 5.15-5.25GHz band are restricted to indoor usage only. This device has a 20 MHz and 40 MHz bandwidth mode. | |||||
1 2 3 | Power listed is the maximum combined conducted output power. End-users and responsible parties must be provided with operating and installation instructions to ensure RF exposure compliance. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 22 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. This device has a 20 MHz and 40 MHz bandwidth mode. | |||||
1 2 3 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 | Firm Name |
Bureau Veritas CPS (H.K.) Ltd. Taoyuan Branch
|
||||
1 2 3 | Name |
R**** C********
|
||||
1 2 3 | Telephone Number |
886-3******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 3 | Fax Number |
886-3********
|
||||
1 2 3 |
r******@tw.bureauveritas.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15E | 28 CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.032 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 15E | 28 CC MO ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.191 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 3 | 15E | 28 CC MO ND | 5500 | 5580 | 0.194 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 4 | 15E | 28 CC MO ND | 5680 | 5700 | 0.141 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15E | 28 CC MO | 5180.00000000 | 5240.00000000 | 0.0320000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15C | 28 CC MO | 2412 | 2462 | 0.601 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 2 | 15C | 28 CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.487 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC